1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from the GNU C compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GNU CC.
10 GNU CC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
15 GNU CC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 GNU General Public License for more details.
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GNU CC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
22 the Free Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
23 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
25 /* TODO: Implement .debug_str handling, and share entries somehow.
26 Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
27 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
28 out locations for types and decls.
29 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
30 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
32 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
33 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
34 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
35 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
43 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
45 #include "insn-config.h"
52 #include "dwarf2out.h"
53 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
59 #include "diagnostic.h"
62 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
63 static void dwarf2out_source_line PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
66 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
67 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
68 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
69 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
70 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
71 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
72 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
73 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
74 CIE = Common Information Entry
75 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
76 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
77 FDE = Frame Description Entry
78 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
79 how to restore registers
81 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
82 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
84 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
90 return (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
91 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
94 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
96 || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
101 /* The number of the current function definition for which debugging
102 information is being generated. These numbers range from 1 up to the
103 maximum number of function definitions contained within the current
104 compilation unit. These numbers are used to create unique label id's
105 unique to each function definition. */
106 unsigned current_funcdef_number = 0;
108 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
110 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
111 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
112 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
115 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct *dw_cfi_ref;
116 typedef struct dw_fde_struct *dw_fde_ref;
117 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct *dw_cfi_oprnd_ref;
119 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
120 Information instructions. The register number, offset
121 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
122 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
124 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
126 unsigned long dw_cfi_reg_num;
127 long int dw_cfi_offset;
128 const char *dw_cfi_addr;
129 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_cfi_loc;
133 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
135 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next;
136 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc;
137 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd1;
138 dw_cfi_oprnd dw_cfi_oprnd2;
142 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
143 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
144 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
145 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
146 of this structure. */
147 typedef struct cfa_loc
152 int indirect; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
155 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
156 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
157 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This used of a single
158 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
159 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
161 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
163 const char *dw_fde_begin;
164 const char *dw_fde_current_label;
165 const char *dw_fde_end;
166 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi;
167 unsigned funcdef_number;
168 unsigned nothrow : 1;
169 unsigned uses_eh_lsda : 1;
173 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
174 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
176 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
178 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
181 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
182 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
183 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
184 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
186 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
187 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
190 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
191 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
192 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
195 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
196 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
199 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
201 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
202 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
203 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
205 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
206 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
207 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
208 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
210 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
212 #endif /* not DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT */
214 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
215 information for each routine. */
216 static dw_fde_ref fde_table;
218 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
219 static unsigned fde_table_allocated;
221 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
222 static unsigned fde_table_in_use;
224 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
226 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
228 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
229 static dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head;
231 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
232 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
233 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
234 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
235 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde;
237 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
239 static char *stripattributes PARAMS ((const char *));
240 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
241 static dw_cfi_ref new_cfi PARAMS ((void));
242 static void add_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref *, dw_cfi_ref));
243 static void add_fde_cfi PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfi_ref));
244 static void lookup_cfa_1 PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_cfa_location *));
245 static void lookup_cfa PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
246 static void reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, unsigned,
248 static void initial_return_save PARAMS ((rtx));
249 static long stack_adjust_offset PARAMS ((rtx));
250 static void output_cfi PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref, dw_fde_ref, int));
251 static void output_call_frame_info PARAMS ((int));
252 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust PARAMS ((rtx));
253 static void queue_reg_save PARAMS ((const char *, rtx, long));
254 static void flush_queued_reg_saves PARAMS ((void));
255 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save PARAMS ((rtx));
256 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr PARAMS ((rtx, const char *));
258 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
259 static void output_cfa_loc PARAMS ((dw_cfi_ref));
260 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *,
261 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *));
262 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *build_cfa_loc
263 PARAMS ((dw_cfa_location *));
264 static void def_cfa_1 PARAMS ((const char *, dw_cfa_location *));
266 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
267 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
268 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
271 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
272 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
273 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
275 /* Pseudo-op for defining a new section. */
276 #ifndef SECTION_ASM_OP
277 #define SECTION_ASM_OP "\t.section\t"
280 /* The default format used by the ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION macro (see below) to
281 print the SECTION_ASM_OP and the section name. The default here works for
282 almost all svr4 assemblers, except for the sparc, where the section name
283 must be enclosed in double quotes. (See sparcv4.h). */
284 #ifndef SECTION_FORMAT
285 #ifdef PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
286 #define SECTION_FORMAT PUSHSECTION_FORMAT
288 #define SECTION_FORMAT "%s%s\n"
292 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
293 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
296 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
297 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
299 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
300 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
302 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
303 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
304 #define CIE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLCIE"
305 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
306 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
307 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
308 #define FDE_LENGTH_LABEL "LLFDE"
309 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
310 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
311 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
312 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
313 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
315 /* Definitions of defaults for various types of primitive assembly language
316 output operations. These may be overridden from within the tm.h file,
317 but typically, that is unnecessary. */
319 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION
320 #define ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION(FILE, SECTION) \
321 fprintf ((FILE), SECTION_FORMAT, SECTION_ASM_OP, SECTION)
325 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL
326 #define ASM_OUTPUT_DEFINE_LABEL_DIFFERENCE_SYMBOL(FILE, SY, HI, LO) \
328 fprintf (FILE, "%s", SET_ASM_OP); \
329 assemble_name (FILE, SY); \
331 assemble_name (FILE, HI); \
333 assemble_name (FILE, LO); \
336 #endif /* SET_ASM_OP */
338 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
339 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
341 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
343 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
345 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
349 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
350 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
351 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
352 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
355 /* Hook used by __throw. */
358 expand_builtin_dwarf_fp_regnum ()
360 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM));
363 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
364 for the current function. */
365 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
366 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
369 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
370 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
376 char *stripped = xmalloc (strlen (s) + 2);
381 while (*s && *s != ',')
388 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
391 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (address)
395 enum machine_mode mode = TYPE_MODE (char_type_node);
396 rtx addr = expand_expr (address, NULL_RTX, VOIDmode, 0);
397 rtx mem = gen_rtx_MEM (mode, addr);
399 for (i = 0; i < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS; ++i)
401 int offset = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
402 int size = GET_MODE_SIZE (reg_raw_mode[i]);
407 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem, mode, offset), GEN_INT (size));
411 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
414 dwarf_cfi_name (cfi_opc)
415 register unsigned cfi_opc;
419 case DW_CFA_advance_loc:
420 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
422 return "DW_CFA_offset";
424 return "DW_CFA_restore";
428 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
429 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
430 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
431 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
432 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
433 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
434 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
435 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
436 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
437 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
438 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
439 case DW_CFA_undefined:
440 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
441 case DW_CFA_same_value:
442 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
443 case DW_CFA_register:
444 return "DW_CFA_register";
445 case DW_CFA_remember_state:
446 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
447 case DW_CFA_restore_state:
448 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
450 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
451 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
452 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
453 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
454 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
455 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
456 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
458 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
459 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
460 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
463 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
464 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
465 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
466 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
467 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
468 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
471 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
475 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
477 static inline dw_cfi_ref
480 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = (dw_cfi_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node));
482 cfi->dw_cfi_next = NULL;
483 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
484 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = 0;
489 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
492 add_cfi (list_head, cfi)
493 register dw_cfi_ref *list_head;
494 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
496 register dw_cfi_ref *p;
498 /* Find the end of the chain. */
499 for (p = list_head; (*p) != NULL; p = &(*p)->dw_cfi_next)
505 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
508 dwarf2out_cfi_label ()
510 static char label[20];
511 static unsigned long label_num = 0;
513 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "LCFI", label_num++);
514 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
519 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
520 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
523 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi)
524 register const char *label;
525 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
529 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
532 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
534 if (fde->dw_fde_current_label == NULL
535 || strcmp (label, fde->dw_fde_current_label) != 0)
537 register dw_cfi_ref xcfi;
539 fde->dw_fde_current_label = label = xstrdup (label);
541 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
543 xcfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_advance_loc4;
544 xcfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr = label;
545 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, xcfi);
548 add_cfi (&fde->dw_fde_cfi, cfi);
552 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head, cfi);
555 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
558 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc)
559 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
560 register dw_cfa_location *loc;
562 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
564 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
565 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset;
567 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
568 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
571 loc->reg = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num;
572 loc->offset = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset;
574 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
575 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc);
582 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
586 register dw_cfa_location *loc;
588 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
590 loc->reg = (unsigned long) -1;
593 loc->base_offset = 0;
595 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
596 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
598 if (fde_table_in_use)
600 register dw_fde_ref fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
601 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
602 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi, loc);
606 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
607 static dw_cfa_location cfa;
609 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
611 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store;
613 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
614 static long args_size;
616 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
617 static long old_args_size;
619 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
620 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
621 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
624 dwarf2out_def_cfa (label, reg, offset)
625 register const char *label;
634 def_cfa_1 (label, &loc);
637 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
638 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
640 def_cfa_1 (label, loc_p)
641 register const char *label;
642 dw_cfa_location *loc_p;
644 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
645 dw_cfa_location old_cfa, loc;
650 if (cfa_store.reg == loc.reg && loc.indirect == 0)
651 cfa_store.offset = loc.offset;
653 loc.reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc.reg);
654 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa);
656 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && loc.offset == old_cfa.offset &&
657 loc.indirect == old_cfa.indirect)
659 if (loc.indirect == 0
660 || loc.base_offset == old_cfa.base_offset)
661 /* Nothing changed so no need to issue any call frame
668 if (loc.reg == old_cfa.reg && !loc.indirect)
670 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
671 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
673 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset;
674 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
677 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
678 else if (loc.offset == old_cfa.offset && old_cfa.reg != (unsigned long) -1
681 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
682 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
683 offset has not changed. */
684 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_register;
685 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
689 else if (loc.indirect == 0)
691 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
692 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
693 the specified offset. */
694 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa;
695 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = loc.reg;
696 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = loc.offset;
700 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
701 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
702 register-offset pair is available. */
703 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc_list;
704 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression;
705 loc_list = build_cfa_loc (&loc);
706 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc = loc_list;
709 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
712 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
713 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
714 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
715 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
718 reg_save (label, reg, sreg, offset)
719 register const char *label;
720 register unsigned reg;
721 register unsigned sreg;
722 register long offset;
724 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
726 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num = reg;
728 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
729 the value isn't a register number. */
730 if (sreg == (unsigned int) -1)
733 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
735 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset_extended;
737 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_offset;
739 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
741 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
742 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
743 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
745 long check_offset = offset / DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
747 if (check_offset * DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT != offset)
751 offset /= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT;
754 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended;
757 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset = offset;
759 else if (sreg == reg)
760 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
764 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_register;
765 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num = sreg;
768 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
771 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
772 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
773 from the previous frame's window save area.
775 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
776 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
779 dwarf2out_window_save (label)
780 register const char *label;
782 register dw_cfi_ref cfi = new_cfi ();
783 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_window_save;
784 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
787 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
788 pushed onto the stack. */
791 dwarf2out_args_size (label, size)
795 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
797 if (size == old_args_size)
799 old_args_size = size;
802 cfi->dw_cfi_opc = DW_CFA_GNU_args_size;
803 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset = size;
804 add_fde_cfi (label, cfi);
807 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
808 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
811 dwarf2out_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
812 register const char *label;
813 register unsigned reg;
814 register long offset;
816 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg), -1, offset);
819 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
820 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
823 dwarf2out_return_save (label, offset)
824 register const char *label;
825 register long offset;
827 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, -1, offset);
830 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
831 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
834 dwarf2out_return_reg (label, sreg)
835 register const char *label;
836 register unsigned sreg;
838 reg_save (label, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, sreg, 0);
841 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
842 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
845 initial_return_save (rtl)
848 unsigned int reg = (unsigned int) -1;
851 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
854 /* RA is in a register. */
855 reg = DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl));
858 /* RA is on the stack. */
860 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
863 if (REGNO (rtl) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
868 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
870 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
873 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
875 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1));
882 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
883 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
884 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
885 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) != CONST_INT)
887 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl, 0));
893 reg_save (NULL, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, reg, offset - cfa.offset);
896 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
900 stack_adjust_offset (pattern)
903 rtx src = SET_SRC (pattern);
904 rtx dest = SET_DEST (pattern);
908 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
910 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
911 code = GET_CODE (src);
912 if (! (code == PLUS || code == MINUS)
913 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
914 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
917 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
919 else if (GET_CODE (dest) == MEM)
921 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
922 src = XEXP (dest, 0);
923 code = GET_CODE (src);
925 if (! (code == PRE_DEC || code == PRE_INC
926 || code == PRE_MODIFY)
927 || XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
930 if (code == PRE_MODIFY)
932 rtx val = XEXP (XEXP (src, 1), 1);
933 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
934 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != PLUS ||
935 GET_CODE (val) != CONST_INT)
937 offset = -INTVAL (val);
939 else offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
944 if (code == PLUS || code == PRE_INC)
950 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
951 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
952 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
955 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn)
961 if (! flag_non_call_exceptions && GET_CODE (insn) == CALL_INSN)
963 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
965 insn = PATTERN (insn);
966 if (GET_CODE (insn) == PARALLEL)
967 insn = XVECEXP (insn, 0, 0);
968 if (GET_CODE (insn) == SET)
969 insn = SET_SRC (insn);
970 if (GET_CODE (insn) != CALL)
972 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn, 1)));
976 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
977 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
978 else if (! flag_non_call_exceptions
979 && cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
982 if (GET_CODE (insn) == BARRIER)
984 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
985 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
986 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
987 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
993 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SET)
995 offset = stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn));
997 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == PARALLEL
998 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn)) == SEQUENCE)
1000 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1005 for (j = XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn), 0) - 1; j >= 0; j--)
1007 rtx pattern = XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn), 0, j);
1008 if (GET_CODE (pattern) == SET)
1009 offset += stack_adjust_offset (pattern);
1018 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1019 cfa.offset += offset;
1021 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1024 args_size += offset;
1028 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1029 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1030 dwarf2out_args_size (label, args_size);
1033 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1034 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1035 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1037 struct queued_reg_save
1039 struct queued_reg_save *next;
1044 static struct queued_reg_save *queued_reg_saves;
1045 static const char *last_reg_save_label;
1048 queue_reg_save (label, reg, offset)
1053 struct queued_reg_save *q = (struct queued_reg_save *) xmalloc (sizeof (*q));
1055 q->next = queued_reg_saves;
1057 q->cfa_offset = offset;
1058 queued_reg_saves = q;
1060 last_reg_save_label = label;
1064 flush_queued_reg_saves ()
1066 struct queued_reg_save *q, *next;
1068 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = next)
1070 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label, REGNO (q->reg), q->cfa_offset);
1075 queued_reg_saves = NULL;
1076 last_reg_save_label = NULL;
1080 clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn)
1083 struct queued_reg_save *q;
1085 for (q = queued_reg_saves; q ; q = q->next)
1086 if (modified_in_p (q->reg, insn))
1093 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1094 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1095 value, not an offset. */
1096 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp;
1098 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1099 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1100 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1103 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1104 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1105 users need not read the source code.
1107 The High-Level Picture
1109 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1110 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1111 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1112 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1113 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1115 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1116 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1117 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1118 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1119 saves. This also seems to work.
1121 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1122 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1123 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1124 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1126 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1127 offset is non-zero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1128 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1129 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1131 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1133 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1134 consists of a register and an offset.
1135 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1136 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1137 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1138 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1139 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1140 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1141 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1143 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1144 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1145 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1148 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1149 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1150 and cfa_temp.offset.
1152 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1155 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1156 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1157 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1161 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1162 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1165 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1166 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1167 cfa.offset unchanged
1168 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1169 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1172 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1173 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1174 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1175 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1176 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1179 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1180 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1181 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1184 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1185 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1187 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1188 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1189 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1192 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1193 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1195 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1196 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1199 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1200 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1201 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1204 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1205 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1206 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1209 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1213 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1214 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1215 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1218 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1219 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1220 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1222 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1225 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1226 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1227 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1229 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1232 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1233 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1234 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1237 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1238 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1239 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1242 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1243 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1244 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1245 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1248 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (expr, label)
1255 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1256 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1257 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1258 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1259 flag is set in them. */
1261 if (GET_CODE (expr) == PARALLEL
1262 || GET_CODE (expr) == SEQUENCE)
1265 int limit = XVECLEN (expr, 0);
1267 for (par_index = 0; par_index < limit; par_index++)
1269 rtx x = XVECEXP (expr, 0, par_index);
1271 if (GET_CODE (x) == SET &&
1272 (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (x) || par_index == 0))
1273 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (x, label);
1278 if (GET_CODE (expr) != SET)
1281 src = SET_SRC (expr);
1282 dest = SET_DEST (expr);
1284 switch (GET_CODE (dest))
1288 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1289 relative to the current CFA register. */
1290 switch (GET_CODE (src))
1292 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1294 if (cfa.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (src))
1300 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1301 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1302 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1303 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1304 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1305 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1306 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1312 if (dest == stack_pointer_rtx)
1316 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)))
1319 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1322 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 1)) != cfa_temp.reg)
1324 offset = cfa_temp.offset;
1330 if (XEXP (src, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1332 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1333 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM)
1335 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1337 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM)
1338 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1340 else if (XEXP (src, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx)
1343 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1345 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1346 cfa.offset += offset;
1347 if (cfa_store.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1348 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1350 else if (dest == hard_frame_pointer_rtx)
1353 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1354 or adjusting the FP */
1355 if (! frame_pointer_needed)
1358 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1359 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1360 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1362 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1363 if (GET_CODE (src) != MINUS)
1365 cfa.offset += offset;
1366 cfa.reg = HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM;
1373 if (GET_CODE (src) == MINUS)
1377 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1378 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa.reg
1379 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1381 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1382 into the FP later on. */
1383 offset = - INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1384 cfa.offset += offset;
1385 cfa.reg = REGNO (dest);
1386 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1387 cfa_temp.reg = cfa.reg;
1388 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset;
1391 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) == REG
1392 && REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) == cfa_temp.reg
1393 && XEXP (src, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx)
1395 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1396 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1397 if (cfa.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1399 cfa_store.reg = REGNO (dest);
1400 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset;
1403 else if (GET_CODE (src) == LO_SUM
1404 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) == CONST_INT)
1406 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1407 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1416 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1417 cfa_temp.offset = INTVAL (src);
1422 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 0)) != REG
1423 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src, 0)) != cfa_temp.reg
1424 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src, 1)) != CONST_INT)
1426 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest) != cfa_temp.reg)
1427 cfa_temp.reg = REGNO (dest);
1428 cfa_temp.offset |= INTVAL (XEXP (src, 1));
1431 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1432 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1440 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1444 if (GET_CODE (src) != REG)
1447 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1449 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1454 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1455 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1457 offset = -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1), 1));
1459 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1460 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1462 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1463 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1464 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1466 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1471 offset = GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == PRE_INC)
1475 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1476 || cfa_store.reg != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1478 cfa_store.offset += offset;
1479 if (cfa.reg == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM)
1480 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset;
1482 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1486 /* With an offset. */
1490 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT)
1492 offset = INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 1));
1493 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest, 0)) == MINUS)
1496 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1497 offset -= cfa_store.offset;
1498 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1499 offset -= cfa_temp.offset;
1505 /* Without an offset. */
1507 if (cfa_store.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1508 offset = -cfa_store.offset;
1509 else if (cfa_temp.reg == (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest, 0)))
1510 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1517 if (cfa_temp.reg != (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest, 0), 0)))
1519 offset = -cfa_temp.offset;
1520 cfa_temp.offset -= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest));
1527 if (REGNO (src) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1528 && REGNO (src) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1529 && (unsigned) REGNO (src) == cfa.reg)
1531 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1533 if (cfa.offset == 0)
1535 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1536 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1539 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1540 queue_reg_save (label, stack_pointer_rtx, offset);
1545 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1546 calculate the CFA. */
1548 rtx x = XEXP (dest, 0);
1549 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1551 if (GET_CODE (x) != REG)
1553 cfa.reg = (unsigned) REGNO (x);
1554 cfa.base_offset = offset;
1556 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1561 def_cfa_1 (label, &cfa);
1562 queue_reg_save (label, src, offset);
1570 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1571 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1572 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1575 dwarf2out_frame_debug (insn)
1581 if (insn == NULL_RTX)
1583 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1584 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1586 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1588 if (cfa.reg != (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM))
1590 cfa.reg = STACK_POINTER_REGNUM;
1593 cfa_temp.offset = 0;
1597 if (GET_CODE (insn) != INSN || clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn))
1598 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1600 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn))
1602 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS)
1603 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn);
1607 label = dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1609 src = find_reg_note (insn, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR, NULL_RTX);
1611 insn = XEXP (src, 0);
1613 insn = PATTERN (insn);
1615 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn, label);
1618 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1621 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh)
1622 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1623 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1626 if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_advance_loc)
1628 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1629 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset & 0x3f)),
1630 "DW_CFA_advance_loc 0x%lx",
1631 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset);
1633 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_offset)
1635 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1636 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1637 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx",
1638 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1639 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1641 else if (cfi->dw_cfi_opc == DW_CFA_restore)
1643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi->dw_cfi_opc
1644 | (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num & 0x3f)),
1645 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx",
1646 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num);
1650 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi->dw_cfi_opc,
1651 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi->dw_cfi_opc));
1653 switch (cfi->dw_cfi_opc)
1655 case DW_CFA_set_loc:
1657 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1658 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1659 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr),
1662 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1663 cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr, NULL);
1665 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1:
1666 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1667 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1668 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1670 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2:
1671 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1672 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1673 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1675 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4:
1676 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1677 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1678 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1680 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8:
1681 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr,
1682 fde->dw_fde_current_label, NULL);
1683 fde->dw_fde_current_label = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_addr;
1685 case DW_CFA_offset_extended:
1686 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended:
1687 case DW_CFA_def_cfa:
1688 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1689 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1691 case DW_CFA_restore_extended:
1692 case DW_CFA_undefined:
1693 case DW_CFA_same_value:
1694 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register:
1695 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1697 case DW_CFA_register:
1698 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1699 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd2.dw_cfi_reg_num, NULL);
1701 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset:
1702 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size:
1703 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_offset, NULL);
1705 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save:
1707 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression:
1708 output_cfa_loc (cfi);
1716 /* Output the call frame information used to used to record information
1717 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1718 location of saved registers. */
1721 output_call_frame_info (for_eh)
1724 register unsigned int i;
1725 register dw_fde_ref fde;
1726 register dw_cfi_ref cfi;
1727 char l1[20], l2[20];
1728 int any_lsda_needed = 0;
1729 char augmentation[6];
1730 int augmentation_size;
1731 int fde_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1732 int per_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1733 int lsda_encoding = DW_EH_PE_absptr;
1735 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1736 emit any EH unwind information. */
1739 int any_eh_needed = 0;
1740 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1741 if (fde_table[i].uses_eh_lsda)
1742 any_eh_needed = any_lsda_needed = 1;
1743 else if (! fde_table[i].nothrow)
1746 if (! any_eh_needed)
1750 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1756 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1757 EH_FRAME_SECTION ();
1759 tree label = get_file_function_name ('F');
1761 force_data_section ();
1762 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1763 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1764 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label));
1766 assemble_label ("__FRAME_BEGIN__");
1769 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION);
1771 /* Output the CIE. */
1772 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh);
1773 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, CIE_END_LABEL, for_eh);
1774 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1775 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1776 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1778 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1779 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1780 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE),
1781 (for_eh ? 0 : DW_CIE_ID),
1782 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1784 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION, "CIE Version");
1786 augmentation[0] = 0;
1787 augmentation_size = 0;
1793 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1794 augmentation section.
1795 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
1796 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
1797 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
1799 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
1800 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
1802 fde_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
1803 per_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
1804 lsda_encoding = ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
1806 p = augmentation + 1;
1807 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1810 augmentation_size += 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding);
1812 if (any_lsda_needed)
1815 augmentation_size += 1;
1817 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1820 augmentation_size += 1;
1822 if (p > augmentation + 1)
1824 augmentation[0] = 'z';
1828 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
1829 if (eh_personality_libfunc && per_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1831 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1833 + 1 /* CIE version */
1834 + strlen (augmentation) + 1 /* Augmentation */
1835 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
1836 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT)
1838 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
1839 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
1840 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1842 augmentation_size += pad;
1844 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
1845 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
1846 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size) != 1)
1850 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
1852 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
1854 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT,
1855 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
1857 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN, "CIE RA Column");
1859 if (augmentation[0])
1861 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size, "Augmentation size");
1862 if (eh_personality_libfunc)
1864 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding, "Personality (%s)",
1865 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding));
1866 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding,
1867 eh_personality_libfunc, NULL);
1869 if (any_lsda_needed)
1870 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
1871 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding));
1872 if (fde_encoding != DW_EH_PE_absptr)
1873 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
1874 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding));
1877 for (cfi = cie_cfi_head; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1878 output_cfi (cfi, NULL, for_eh);
1880 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
1881 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1882 floor_log2 (for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE));
1883 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1885 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
1886 for (i = 0; i < fde_table_in_use; ++i)
1888 fde = &fde_table[i];
1890 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
1891 if (for_eh && fde->nothrow && ! fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1894 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, FDE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1895 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1896 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, FDE_END_LABEL, for_eh + i * 2);
1897 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh ? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
1899 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
1901 /* ??? This always emits a 4 byte offset when for_eh is true, but it
1902 emits a target dependent sized offset when for_eh is not true.
1903 This inconsistency may confuse gdb. The only case where we need a
1904 non-4 byte offset is for the Irix6 N64 ABI, so we may lose SGI
1905 compatibility if we emit a 4 byte offset. We need a 4 byte offset
1906 though in order to be compatible with the dwarf_fde struct in frame.c.
1907 If the for_eh case is changed, then the struct in frame.c has
1908 to be adjusted appropriately. */
1910 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1, "__FRAME_BEGIN__", "FDE CIE offset");
1912 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
1913 stripattributes (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION),
1918 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding,
1919 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, fde->dw_fde_begin),
1920 "FDE initial location");
1921 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding),
1922 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1923 "FDE address range");
1927 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1928 "FDE initial location");
1929 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
1930 fde->dw_fde_end, fde->dw_fde_begin,
1931 "FDE address range");
1934 if (augmentation[0])
1936 if (any_lsda_needed)
1938 int size = size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding);
1940 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1942 int offset = ( 4 /* Length */
1943 + 4 /* CIE offset */
1944 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding)
1945 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
1946 int pad = -offset & (PTR_SIZE - 1);
1949 if (size_of_uleb128 (size) != 1)
1953 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, "Augmentation size");
1955 if (fde->uses_eh_lsda)
1957 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, "LLSDA",
1958 fde->funcdef_number);
1959 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1960 lsda_encoding, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode, l1),
1961 "Language Specific Data Area");
1965 if (lsda_encoding == DW_EH_PE_aligned)
1966 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE));
1967 dw2_asm_output_data (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding),
1968 0, "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
1972 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
1975 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
1977 fde->dw_fde_current_label = fde->dw_fde_begin;
1978 for (cfi = fde->dw_fde_cfi; cfi != NULL; cfi = cfi->dw_cfi_next)
1979 output_cfi (cfi, fde, for_eh);
1981 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
1982 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file,
1983 floor_log2 ((for_eh ? PTR_SIZE : DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)));
1984 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
1987 #ifndef EH_FRAME_SECTION
1989 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
1991 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
1992 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
1993 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
1994 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file, 0);
1997 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2002 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2006 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (line, file)
2007 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2008 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
2010 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2011 register dw_fde_ref fde;
2013 current_function_func_begin_label = 0;
2015 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2016 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2017 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2019 if ((! flag_exceptions || USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS)
2020 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2023 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2027 ++current_funcdef_number;
2029 function_section (current_function_decl);
2030 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2031 current_funcdef_number);
2032 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
2033 current_funcdef_number);
2034 current_function_func_begin_label = get_identifier (label);
2036 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2037 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2038 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2042 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2043 if (fde_table_in_use == fde_table_allocated)
2045 fde_table_allocated += FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2047 = (dw_fde_ref) xrealloc (fde_table,
2048 fde_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2051 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2052 current_funcdef_fde = fde_table_in_use;
2054 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2055 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use++];
2056 fde->dw_fde_begin = xstrdup (label);
2057 fde->dw_fde_current_label = NULL;
2058 fde->dw_fde_end = NULL;
2059 fde->dw_fde_cfi = NULL;
2060 fde->funcdef_number = current_funcdef_number;
2061 fde->nothrow = current_function_nothrow;
2062 fde->uses_eh_lsda = cfun->uses_eh_lsda;
2064 args_size = old_args_size = 0;
2066 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine
2067 dwarf2 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2068 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2070 dwarf2out_source_line (line, file);
2074 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2075 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2079 dwarf2out_end_epilogue ()
2082 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
2084 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2086 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, FUNC_END_LABEL, current_funcdef_number);
2087 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, label);
2088 fde = &fde_table[fde_table_in_use - 1];
2089 fde->dw_fde_end = xstrdup (label);
2093 dwarf2out_frame_init ()
2095 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2096 fde_table = (dw_fde_ref) xcalloc (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_fde_node));
2097 fde_table_allocated = FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
2098 fde_table_in_use = 0;
2100 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2101 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2103 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2104 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2105 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET);
2106 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX);
2111 dwarf2out_frame_finish ()
2113 /* Output call frame information. */
2114 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2115 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG)
2116 output_call_frame_info (0);
2117 if (flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS))
2118 output_call_frame_info (1);
2120 if (write_symbols == DWARF2_DEBUG
2121 || flag_unwind_tables || (flag_exceptions && ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS))
2122 output_call_frame_info (1);
2126 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2127 for emitting location expressions. */
2129 typedef struct dw_val_struct *dw_val_ref;
2130 typedef struct die_struct *dw_die_ref;
2131 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct *dw_loc_descr_ref;
2132 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct *dw_loc_list_ref;
2134 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2135 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2136 implementation are listed below. */
2142 dw_val_class_loc_list,
2144 dw_val_class_unsigned_const,
2145 dw_val_class_long_long,
2148 dw_val_class_die_ref,
2149 dw_val_class_fde_ref,
2150 dw_val_class_lbl_id,
2151 dw_val_class_lbl_offset,
2156 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2157 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2159 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
2166 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2168 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
2175 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2176 represented internally. */
2178 typedef struct dw_val_struct
2180 dw_val_class val_class;
2184 dw_loc_list_ref val_loc_list;
2185 dw_loc_descr_ref val_loc;
2187 long unsigned val_unsigned;
2188 dw_long_long_const val_long_long;
2189 dw_float_const val_float;
2194 unsigned val_fde_index;
2197 unsigned char val_flag;
2203 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2206 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
2208 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next;
2209 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc;
2210 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1;
2211 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2;
2216 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2217 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2218 their entire life. */
2219 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
2221 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next;
2222 const char *begin; /* Label for begin address of range */
2223 const char *end; /* Label for end address of range */
2224 char *ll_symbol; /* Label for beginning of location list. Only on head of list */
2225 const char *section; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2226 dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
2229 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
2230 static dw_loc_descr_ref new_loc_descr PARAMS ((enum dwarf_location_atom,
2233 static void add_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref *,
2235 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2236 static unsigned long size_of_locs PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2237 static void output_loc_operands PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2238 static void output_loc_sequence PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref));
2240 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2243 dwarf_stack_op_name (op)
2244 register unsigned op;
2249 return "DW_OP_addr";
2251 return "DW_OP_deref";
2253 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2255 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2257 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2259 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2261 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2263 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2265 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2267 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2269 return "DW_OP_constu";
2271 return "DW_OP_consts";
2275 return "DW_OP_drop";
2277 return "DW_OP_over";
2279 return "DW_OP_pick";
2281 return "DW_OP_swap";
2285 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2293 return "DW_OP_minus";
2305 return "DW_OP_plus";
2306 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2307 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2313 return "DW_OP_shra";
2331 return "DW_OP_skip";
2333 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2335 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2337 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2339 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2341 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2343 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2345 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2347 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2349 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2351 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2353 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2355 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2357 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2359 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2361 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2363 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2365 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2367 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2369 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2371 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2373 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2375 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2377 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2379 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2381 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2383 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2385 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2387 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2389 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2391 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2393 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2395 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2397 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2399 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2401 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2403 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2405 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2407 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2409 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2411 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2413 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2415 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2417 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2419 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2421 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2423 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2425 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2427 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2429 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2431 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2433 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2435 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2437 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2439 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2441 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2443 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2445 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2447 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2449 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2451 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2453 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2455 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2457 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2459 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2461 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2463 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2465 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2467 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2469 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2471 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2473 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2475 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2477 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2479 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2481 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2483 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2485 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2487 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2489 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2491 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2493 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2495 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2497 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2499 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2501 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2503 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2505 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2507 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2509 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2511 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2513 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2515 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2517 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2519 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2521 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2523 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2525 return "DW_OP_regx";
2527 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2529 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2531 return "DW_OP_piece";
2532 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2533 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2534 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2535 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2539 return "OP_<unknown>";
2543 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2544 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2545 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2547 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2548 new_loc_descr (op, oprnd1, oprnd2)
2549 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
2550 register unsigned long oprnd1;
2551 register unsigned long oprnd2;
2553 /* Use xcalloc here so we clear out all of the long_long constant in
2555 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr
2556 = (dw_loc_descr_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node));
2558 descr->dw_loc_opc = op;
2559 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2560 descr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned = oprnd1;
2561 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
2562 descr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_unsigned = oprnd2;
2568 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2571 add_loc_descr (list_head, descr)
2572 register dw_loc_descr_ref *list_head;
2573 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
2575 register dw_loc_descr_ref *d;
2577 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2578 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
2584 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2586 static unsigned long
2587 size_of_loc_descr (loc)
2588 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2590 register unsigned long size = 1;
2592 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2595 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
2614 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2617 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2622 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2623 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2661 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2664 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2667 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int);
2670 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2671 size += size_of_sleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int);
2674 size += size_of_uleb128 (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned);
2676 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2677 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2687 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2689 static unsigned long
2691 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2693 register unsigned long size = 0;
2695 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2697 loc->dw_loc_addr = size;
2698 size += size_of_loc_descr (loc);
2704 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2707 output_loc_operands (loc)
2708 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2710 register dw_val_ref val1 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd1;
2711 register dw_val_ref val2 = &loc->dw_loc_oprnd2;
2713 switch (loc->dw_loc_opc)
2715 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2717 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, val1->v.val_addr, NULL);
2721 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2725 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2729 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG < 64)
2731 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2738 if (val1->val_class == dw_val_class_loc)
2739 offset = val1->v.val_loc->dw_loc_addr - (loc->dw_loc_addr + 3);
2743 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset, NULL);
2756 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2757 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2758 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2759 only doing unwinding. */
2764 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2767 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2770 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2773 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2775 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
2776 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2810 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2813 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2816 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2819 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2820 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2->v.val_int, NULL);
2823 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1->v.val_unsigned, NULL);
2825 case DW_OP_deref_size:
2826 case DW_OP_xderef_size:
2827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1->v.val_int, NULL);
2830 /* Other codes have no operands. */
2835 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
2838 output_loc_sequence (loc)
2839 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2841 for (; loc != NULL; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
2843 /* Output the opcode. */
2844 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc->dw_loc_opc,
2845 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc->dw_loc_opc));
2847 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
2848 output_loc_operands (loc);
2852 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
2853 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
2856 output_cfa_loc (cfi)
2859 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
2862 /* Output the size of the block. */
2863 loc = cfi->dw_cfi_oprnd1.dw_cfi_loc;
2864 size = size_of_locs (loc);
2865 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size, NULL);
2867 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
2868 output_loc_sequence (loc);
2871 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor seqeunce from
2872 a dw_cfa_location. */
2874 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct *
2876 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2878 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *head, *tmp;
2880 if (cfa->indirect == 0)
2883 if (cfa->base_offset)
2886 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset, 0);
2888 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, cfa->reg, cfa->base_offset);
2890 else if (cfa->reg <= 31)
2891 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + cfa->reg, 0, 0);
2893 head = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, cfa->reg, 0);
2894 head->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
2895 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0);
2896 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2897 if (cfa->offset != 0)
2899 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, cfa->offset, 0);
2900 add_loc_descr (&head, tmp);
2905 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a
2906 dwarf location descriptor sequence. */
2909 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (cfa, loc)
2910 dw_cfa_location *cfa;
2911 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *loc;
2913 struct dw_loc_descr_struct *ptr;
2915 cfa->base_offset = 0;
2919 for (ptr = loc; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->dw_loc_next)
2921 enum dwarf_location_atom op = ptr->dw_loc_opc;
2956 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_reg0;
2959 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2993 cfa->reg = op - DW_OP_breg0;
2994 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2997 cfa->reg = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_int;
2998 cfa->base_offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd2.v.val_int;
3003 case DW_OP_plus_uconst:
3004 cfa->offset = ptr->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_unsigned;
3007 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implememnted\n",
3008 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr->dw_loc_opc));
3012 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3014 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3015 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3017 static void dwarf2out_init PARAMS ((const char *));
3018 static void dwarf2out_finish PARAMS ((const char *));
3019 static void dwarf2out_define PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3020 static void dwarf2out_undef PARAMS ((unsigned int, const char *));
3021 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned, const char *));
3022 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file PARAMS ((unsigned));
3023 static void dwarf2out_begin_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3024 static void dwarf2out_end_block PARAMS ((unsigned, unsigned));
3025 static void dwarf2out_global_decl PARAMS ((tree));
3027 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3029 struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks =
3035 dwarf2out_start_source_file,
3036 dwarf2out_end_source_file,
3037 dwarf2out_begin_block,
3038 dwarf2out_end_block,
3039 dwarf2out_source_line,
3040 dwarf2out_begin_prologue,
3041 debug_nothing_int, /* end_prologue */
3042 dwarf2out_end_epilogue,
3043 debug_nothing_tree, /* begin_function */
3044 debug_nothing_int, /* end_function */
3045 dwarf2out_decl, /* function_decl */
3046 dwarf2out_global_decl,
3047 debug_nothing_tree /* deferred_inline_function */
3050 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3051 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3052 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3054 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3055 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3056 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3057 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3059 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3060 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3062 typedef long int dw_offset;
3064 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3066 typedef struct dw_attr_struct *dw_attr_ref;
3067 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct *dw_line_info_ref;
3068 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct *dw_separate_line_info_ref;
3069 typedef struct pubname_struct *pubname_ref;
3070 typedef dw_die_ref *arange_ref;
3072 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3073 line number associated with the label generated for that
3074 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3075 the line number entry. */
3077 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
3079 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3080 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3084 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3086 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
3088 unsigned long dw_file_num;
3089 unsigned long dw_line_num;
3090 unsigned long function;
3092 dw_separate_line_info_entry;
3094 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3095 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3096 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3098 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
3100 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr;
3101 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next;
3102 dw_val_node dw_attr_val;
3106 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3108 typedef struct die_struct
3110 enum dwarf_tag die_tag;
3112 dw_attr_ref die_attr;
3113 dw_die_ref die_parent;
3114 dw_die_ref die_child;
3116 dw_offset die_offset;
3117 unsigned long die_abbrev;
3122 /* The pubname structure */
3124 typedef struct pubname_struct
3131 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3132 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
3135 struct limbo_die_struct *next;
3139 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3140 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3141 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3144 /* Define a macro which returns non-zero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3145 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3147 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3148 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3149 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3150 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3151 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3152 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3154 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3155 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3156 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3157 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3158 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3159 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3160 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3161 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3162 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3163 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3165 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3166 language, and compiler version. */
3168 extern int flag_traditional;
3170 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3171 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3173 /* Fixed size portion of debugging line information prolog. */
3174 #define DWARF_LINE_PROLOG_HEADER_SIZE 5
3176 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3177 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3179 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3180 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3181 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3182 - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE)
3184 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3185 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3186 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3187 (DWARF_ROUND (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3188 - (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3190 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3191 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3192 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3193 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3195 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3199 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in bytes).
3200 In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for information
3201 purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language, we have
3202 no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are generated
3203 for each source line, and therefore can use only the DW_LNE_set_address
3204 and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information commands. */
3206 #ifndef DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH
3207 #define DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH 4
3210 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3211 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3212 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3214 /* First special line opcde - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3215 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3217 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3218 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3220 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3221 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3222 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3223 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3224 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3226 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3227 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3228 static unsigned long next_die_offset;
3230 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3231 static dw_die_ref comp_unit_die;
3233 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3234 static limbo_die_node *limbo_die_list = 0;
3236 /* Structure used by lookup_filename to manage sets of filenames. */
3242 unsigned last_lookup_index;
3245 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the filename
3247 #define FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3249 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3250 static struct file_table file_table;
3252 /* Local pointer to the name of the main input file. Initialized in
3254 static const char *primary_filename;
3256 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to DIE's that describe
3257 declarations. The table is indexed by DECL_UID() which is a unique
3258 number identifying each decl. */
3259 static dw_die_ref *decl_die_table;
3261 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_die_table. */
3262 static unsigned decl_die_table_allocated;
3264 /* Number of elements in decl_die_table currently in use. */
3265 static unsigned decl_die_table_in_use;
3267 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3269 #define DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3271 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
3272 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
3273 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
3274 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
3275 define type declaration DIE's. */
3276 static tree *decl_scope_table;
3278 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the decl_scope_table. */
3279 static int decl_scope_table_allocated;
3281 /* Current level of nesting of declaration scopes. */
3282 static int decl_scope_depth;
3284 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3285 decl_scope_table. */
3286 #define DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3288 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3289 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3290 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3291 static dw_die_ref *abbrev_die_table;
3293 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3294 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated;
3296 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3297 static unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use;
3299 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3300 abbrev_die_table. */
3301 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3303 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3304 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3305 static dw_line_info_ref line_info_table;
3307 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3308 static unsigned line_info_table_allocated;
3310 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3311 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use;
3313 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3314 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3315 static dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table;
3317 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3318 static unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated;
3320 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3321 static unsigned line_info_table_in_use;
3323 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3325 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3327 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3328 accessible names. */
3329 static pubname_ref pubname_table;
3331 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3332 static unsigned pubname_table_allocated;
3334 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3335 static unsigned pubname_table_in_use;
3337 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3339 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3341 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3342 accessible names. */
3343 static arange_ref arange_table;
3345 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3346 static unsigned arange_table_allocated;
3348 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3349 static unsigned arange_table_in_use;
3351 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3353 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3355 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3356 static unsigned have_location_lists;
3358 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
3359 completed at some later time. */
3361 static tree *incomplete_types_list;
3363 /* Number of elements currently allocated for the incomplete_types_list. */
3364 static unsigned incomplete_types_allocated;
3366 /* Number of elements of incomplete_types_list currently in use. */
3367 static unsigned incomplete_types;
3369 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the incomplete
3370 types list. Actually, a single hunk of space of this size should
3371 be enough for most typical programs. */
3372 #define INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT 64
3374 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3375 static int current_function_has_inlines;
3376 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3377 static int comp_unit_has_inlines;
3380 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
3381 must be kept around forever. We do this rather than perform GC on
3382 the dwarf info because almost all of the dwarf info lives forever, and
3383 it's easier to support non-GC frontends this way. */
3384 static varray_type used_rtx_varray;
3386 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3388 static int is_pseudo_reg PARAMS ((rtx));
3389 static tree type_main_variant PARAMS ((tree));
3390 static int is_tagged_type PARAMS ((tree));
3391 static const char *dwarf_tag_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3392 static const char *dwarf_attr_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3393 static const char *dwarf_form_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3395 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name PARAMS ((unsigned));
3397 static tree decl_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3398 static tree block_ultimate_origin PARAMS ((tree));
3399 static tree decl_class_context PARAMS ((tree));
3400 static void add_dwarf_attr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_attr_ref));
3401 static void add_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3402 enum dwarf_attribute,
3404 static void add_AT_int PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3405 enum dwarf_attribute, long));
3406 static void add_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3407 enum dwarf_attribute,
3409 static void add_AT_long_long PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3410 enum dwarf_attribute,
3413 static void add_AT_float PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3414 enum dwarf_attribute,
3416 static void add_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3417 enum dwarf_attribute,
3419 static void add_AT_die_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3420 enum dwarf_attribute,
3422 static void add_AT_fde_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3423 enum dwarf_attribute,
3425 static void add_AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3426 enum dwarf_attribute,
3428 static void add_AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3429 enum dwarf_attribute,
3431 static void add_AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3432 enum dwarf_attribute,
3434 static void add_AT_lbl_id PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3435 enum dwarf_attribute,
3437 static void add_AT_lbl_offset PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3438 enum dwarf_attribute,
3440 static dw_attr_ref get_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3441 enum dwarf_attribute));
3442 static const char *get_AT_low_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3443 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3444 static const char *get_AT_string PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3445 enum dwarf_attribute));
3446 static int get_AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3447 enum dwarf_attribute));
3448 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3449 enum dwarf_attribute));
3450 static inline dw_die_ref get_AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3451 enum dwarf_attribute));
3452 static int is_c_family PARAMS ((void));
3453 static int is_java PARAMS ((void));
3454 static int is_fortran PARAMS ((void));
3455 static void remove_AT PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3456 enum dwarf_attribute));
3457 static void remove_children PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3458 static void add_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3459 static dw_die_ref new_die PARAMS ((enum dwarf_tag, dw_die_ref));
3460 static dw_die_ref lookup_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3461 static void equate_type_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3462 static dw_die_ref lookup_decl_die PARAMS ((tree));
3463 static void equate_decl_number_to_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3464 static void print_spaces PARAMS ((FILE *));
3465 static void print_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, FILE *));
3466 static void print_dwarf_line_table PARAMS ((FILE *));
3467 static void reverse_die_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3468 static void reverse_all_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3469 static dw_die_ref push_new_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3470 static dw_die_ref pop_compile_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3471 static void loc_checksum PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3472 static void attr_checksum PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3473 static void die_checksum PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, struct md5_ctx *));
3474 static void compute_section_prefix PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3475 static int is_type_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3476 static int is_comdat_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3477 static int is_symbol_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3478 static void assign_symbol_names PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3479 static void break_out_includes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3480 static void add_sibling_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3481 static void build_abbrev_table PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3482 static void output_location_lists PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3483 static unsigned long size_of_string PARAMS ((const char *));
3484 static int constant_size PARAMS ((long unsigned));
3485 static unsigned long size_of_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3486 static void calc_die_sizes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3487 static void mark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3488 static void unmark_dies PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3489 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3490 static unsigned long size_of_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3491 static enum dwarf_form value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3492 static void output_value_format PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
3493 static void output_abbrev_section PARAMS ((void));
3494 static void output_die_symbol PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3495 static void output_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3496 static void output_compilation_unit_header PARAMS ((void));
3497 static void output_comp_unit PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
3498 static const char *dwarf2_name PARAMS ((tree, int));
3499 static void add_pubname PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3500 static void output_pubnames PARAMS ((void));
3501 static void add_arange PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3502 static void output_aranges PARAMS ((void));
3503 static void output_line_info PARAMS ((void));
3504 static void output_file_names PARAMS ((void));
3505 static dw_die_ref base_type_die PARAMS ((tree));
3506 static tree root_type PARAMS ((tree));
3507 static int is_base_type PARAMS ((tree));
3508 static dw_die_ref modified_type_die PARAMS ((tree, int, int, dw_die_ref));
3509 static int type_is_enum PARAMS ((tree));
3510 static unsigned int reg_number PARAMS ((rtx));
3511 static dw_loc_descr_ref reg_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3512 static dw_loc_descr_ref int_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT));
3513 static dw_loc_descr_ref based_loc_descr PARAMS ((unsigned, long));
3514 static int is_based_loc PARAMS ((rtx));
3515 static dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, enum machine_mode mode));
3516 static dw_loc_descr_ref concat_loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx, rtx));
3517 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor PARAMS ((rtx));
3518 static dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descriptor_from_tree PARAMS ((tree, int));
3519 static HOST_WIDE_INT ceiling PARAMS ((HOST_WIDE_INT, unsigned int));
3520 static tree field_type PARAMS ((tree));
3521 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3522 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3523 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT simple_type_size_in_bits PARAMS ((tree));
3524 static HOST_WIDE_INT field_byte_offset PARAMS ((tree));
3525 static void add_AT_location_description PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3526 enum dwarf_attribute, rtx));
3527 static void add_data_member_location_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3528 static void add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, rtx));
3529 static rtx rtl_for_decl_location PARAMS ((tree));
3530 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3531 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3532 static void add_name_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, const char *));
3533 static void add_bound_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref,
3534 enum dwarf_attribute, tree));
3535 static void add_subscript_info PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3536 static void add_byte_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3537 static void add_bit_offset_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3538 static void add_bit_size_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3539 static void add_prototyped_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3540 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3541 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3542 static void add_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3543 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree));
3544 static void push_decl_scope PARAMS ((tree));
3545 static dw_die_ref scope_die_for PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3546 static void pop_decl_scope PARAMS ((void));
3547 static void add_type_attribute PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, tree, int, int,
3549 static const char *type_tag PARAMS ((tree));
3550 static tree member_declared_type PARAMS ((tree));
3552 static const char *decl_start_label PARAMS ((tree));
3554 static void gen_array_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3555 static void gen_set_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3557 static void gen_entry_point_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3559 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3560 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3561 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3562 static void gen_enumeration_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3563 static dw_die_ref gen_formal_parameter_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3564 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3565 static void gen_formal_types_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3566 static void gen_subprogram_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3567 static void gen_variable_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3568 static void gen_label_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3569 static void gen_lexical_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3570 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3571 static void gen_field_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3572 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3573 static dw_die_ref gen_compile_unit_die PARAMS ((const char *));
3574 static void gen_string_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3575 static void gen_inheritance_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3576 static void gen_member_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3577 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3578 static void gen_subroutine_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3579 static void gen_typedef_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3580 static void gen_type_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3581 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3582 static void gen_block_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3583 static void decls_for_scope PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref, int));
3584 static int is_redundant_typedef PARAMS ((tree));
3585 static void gen_decl_die PARAMS ((tree, dw_die_ref));
3586 static unsigned lookup_filename PARAMS ((const char *));
3587 static void init_file_table PARAMS ((void));
3588 static void add_incomplete_type PARAMS ((tree));
3589 static void retry_incomplete_types PARAMS ((void));
3590 static void gen_type_die_for_member PARAMS ((tree, tree, dw_die_ref));
3591 static rtx save_rtx PARAMS ((rtx));
3592 static void splice_child_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref, dw_die_ref));
3593 static int file_info_cmp PARAMS ((const void *, const void *));
3594 static dw_loc_list_ref new_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_descr_ref,
3595 const char *, const char *,
3596 const char *, unsigned));
3597 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref *,
3599 const char *, const char *, const char *));
3600 static void output_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_loc_list_ref));
3601 static char *gen_internal_sym PARAMS ((const char *));
3603 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3604 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3605 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3607 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3608 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3610 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3611 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3613 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3614 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3616 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3617 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3619 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3620 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3622 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3623 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3625 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3626 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3629 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3630 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION
3631 #define TEXT_SECTION ".text"
3633 #ifndef DATA_SECTION
3634 #define DATA_SECTION ".data"
3637 #define BSS_SECTION ".bss"
3640 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3641 the section names themselves. */
3643 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3644 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3646 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3647 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3649 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3650 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3652 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3653 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3655 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3656 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3658 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3659 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3661 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3662 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3663 options is used and DWARF_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3664 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3665 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3667 static char text_end_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3668 static char text_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3669 static char abbrev_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3670 static char debug_info_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3671 static char debug_line_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3672 static char macinfo_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3673 static char loc_section_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
3674 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3675 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3677 #ifndef DATA_END_LABEL
3678 #define DATA_END_LABEL "Ledata"
3680 #ifndef BSS_END_LABEL
3681 #define BSS_END_LABEL "Lebss"
3683 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3684 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3686 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3687 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3689 #ifndef BODY_BEGIN_LABEL
3690 #define BODY_BEGIN_LABEL "Lbb"
3692 #ifndef BODY_END_LABEL
3693 #define BODY_END_LABEL "Lbe"
3695 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3696 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3698 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3699 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3702 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3703 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3705 static const char *(*demangle_name_func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3708 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (func)
3709 const char *(*func) PARAMS ((const char *));
3711 demangle_name_func = func;
3714 /* Return an rtx like ORIG which lives forever. If we're doing GC,
3715 that means adding it to used_rtx_varray. If not, that means making
3716 a copy on the permanent_obstack. */
3722 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray, orig);
3727 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3733 return ((GET_CODE (rtl) == REG && REGNO (rtl) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
3734 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == SUBREG
3735 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER));
3738 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3742 type_main_variant (type)
3745 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3747 /* There really should be only one main variant among any group of variants
3748 of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all members of
3749 the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C front-end
3750 messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug here. */
3752 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
3753 while (type != TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type))
3754 type = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type);
3759 /* Return non-zero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3762 is_tagged_type (type)
3765 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
3767 return (code == RECORD_TYPE || code == UNION_TYPE
3768 || code == QUAL_UNION_TYPE || code == ENUMERAL_TYPE);
3771 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3774 dwarf_tag_name (tag)
3775 register unsigned tag;
3779 case DW_TAG_padding:
3780 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3781 case DW_TAG_array_type:
3782 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3783 case DW_TAG_class_type:
3784 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3785 case DW_TAG_entry_point:
3786 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3787 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
3788 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3789 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter:
3790 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3791 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration:
3792 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3794 return "DW_TAG_label";
3795 case DW_TAG_lexical_block:
3796 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3798 return "DW_TAG_member";
3799 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
3800 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3801 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
3802 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3803 case DW_TAG_compile_unit:
3804 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
3805 case DW_TAG_string_type:
3806 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
3807 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
3808 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
3809 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
3810 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
3811 case DW_TAG_typedef:
3812 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
3813 case DW_TAG_union_type:
3814 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
3815 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters:
3816 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
3817 case DW_TAG_variant:
3818 return "DW_TAG_variant";
3819 case DW_TAG_common_block:
3820 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
3821 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion:
3822 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
3823 case DW_TAG_inheritance:
3824 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
3825 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine:
3826 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
3828 return "DW_TAG_module";
3829 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
3830 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
3831 case DW_TAG_set_type:
3832 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
3833 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
3834 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
3835 case DW_TAG_with_stmt:
3836 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
3837 case DW_TAG_access_declaration:
3838 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
3839 case DW_TAG_base_type:
3840 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
3841 case DW_TAG_catch_block:
3842 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
3843 case DW_TAG_const_type:
3844 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
3845 case DW_TAG_constant:
3846 return "DW_TAG_constant";
3847 case DW_TAG_enumerator:
3848 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
3849 case DW_TAG_file_type:
3850 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
3852 return "DW_TAG_friend";
3853 case DW_TAG_namelist:
3854 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
3855 case DW_TAG_namelist_item:
3856 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
3857 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
3858 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
3859 case DW_TAG_subprogram:
3860 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
3861 case DW_TAG_template_type_param:
3862 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
3863 case DW_TAG_template_value_param:
3864 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
3865 case DW_TAG_thrown_type:
3866 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
3867 case DW_TAG_try_block:
3868 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
3869 case DW_TAG_variant_part:
3870 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
3871 case DW_TAG_variable:
3872 return "DW_TAG_variable";
3873 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
3874 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
3875 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop:
3876 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
3877 case DW_TAG_format_label:
3878 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
3879 case DW_TAG_function_template:
3880 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
3881 case DW_TAG_class_template:
3882 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
3883 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL:
3884 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
3885 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL:
3886 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
3888 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
3892 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
3895 dwarf_attr_name (attr)
3896 register unsigned attr;
3901 return "DW_AT_sibling";
3902 case DW_AT_location:
3903 return "DW_AT_location";
3905 return "DW_AT_name";
3906 case DW_AT_ordering:
3907 return "DW_AT_ordering";
3908 case DW_AT_subscr_data:
3909 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
3910 case DW_AT_byte_size:
3911 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
3912 case DW_AT_bit_offset:
3913 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
3914 case DW_AT_bit_size:
3915 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
3916 case DW_AT_element_list:
3917 return "DW_AT_element_list";
3918 case DW_AT_stmt_list:
3919 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
3921 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
3923 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
3924 case DW_AT_language:
3925 return "DW_AT_language";
3927 return "DW_AT_member";
3929 return "DW_AT_discr";
3930 case DW_AT_discr_value:
3931 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
3932 case DW_AT_visibility:
3933 return "DW_AT_visibility";
3935 return "DW_AT_import";
3936 case DW_AT_string_length:
3937 return "DW_AT_string_length";
3938 case DW_AT_common_reference:
3939 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
3940 case DW_AT_comp_dir:
3941 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
3942 case DW_AT_const_value:
3943 return "DW_AT_const_value";
3944 case DW_AT_containing_type:
3945 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
3946 case DW_AT_default_value:
3947 return "DW_AT_default_value";
3949 return "DW_AT_inline";
3950 case DW_AT_is_optional:
3951 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
3952 case DW_AT_lower_bound:
3953 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
3954 case DW_AT_producer:
3955 return "DW_AT_producer";
3956 case DW_AT_prototyped:
3957 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
3958 case DW_AT_return_addr:
3959 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
3960 case DW_AT_start_scope:
3961 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
3962 case DW_AT_stride_size:
3963 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
3964 case DW_AT_upper_bound:
3965 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
3966 case DW_AT_abstract_origin:
3967 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
3968 case DW_AT_accessibility:
3969 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
3970 case DW_AT_address_class:
3971 return "DW_AT_address_class";
3972 case DW_AT_artificial:
3973 return "DW_AT_artificial";
3974 case DW_AT_base_types:
3975 return "DW_AT_base_types";
3976 case DW_AT_calling_convention:
3977 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
3979 return "DW_AT_count";
3980 case DW_AT_data_member_location:
3981 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
3982 case DW_AT_decl_column:
3983 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
3984 case DW_AT_decl_file:
3985 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
3986 case DW_AT_decl_line:
3987 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
3988 case DW_AT_declaration:
3989 return "DW_AT_declaration";
3990 case DW_AT_discr_list:
3991 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
3992 case DW_AT_encoding:
3993 return "DW_AT_encoding";
3994 case DW_AT_external:
3995 return "DW_AT_external";
3996 case DW_AT_frame_base:
3997 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
3999 return "DW_AT_friend";
4000 case DW_AT_identifier_case:
4001 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4002 case DW_AT_macro_info:
4003 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4004 case DW_AT_namelist_items:
4005 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4006 case DW_AT_priority:
4007 return "DW_AT_priority";
4009 return "DW_AT_segment";
4010 case DW_AT_specification:
4011 return "DW_AT_specification";
4012 case DW_AT_static_link:
4013 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4015 return "DW_AT_type";
4016 case DW_AT_use_location:
4017 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4018 case DW_AT_variable_parameter:
4019 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4020 case DW_AT_virtuality:
4021 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4022 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location:
4023 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4025 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde:
4026 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4027 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin:
4028 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4029 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin:
4030 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4031 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin:
4032 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4033 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor:
4034 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4035 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth:
4036 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4037 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name:
4038 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4039 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride:
4040 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4041 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name:
4042 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4043 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin:
4044 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4045 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines:
4046 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4048 case DW_AT_sf_names:
4049 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4050 case DW_AT_src_info:
4051 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4052 case DW_AT_mac_info:
4053 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4054 case DW_AT_src_coords:
4055 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4056 case DW_AT_body_begin:
4057 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4058 case DW_AT_body_end:
4059 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4061 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4065 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4068 dwarf_form_name (form)
4069 register unsigned form;
4074 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4075 case DW_FORM_block2:
4076 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4077 case DW_FORM_block4:
4078 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4080 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4082 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4084 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4085 case DW_FORM_string:
4086 return "DW_FORM_string";
4088 return "DW_FORM_block";
4089 case DW_FORM_block1:
4090 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4092 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4094 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4096 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4098 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4100 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4101 case DW_FORM_ref_addr:
4102 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4104 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4106 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4108 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4110 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4111 case DW_FORM_ref_udata:
4112 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4113 case DW_FORM_indirect:
4114 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4116 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4120 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4124 dwarf_type_encoding_name (enc)
4125 register unsigned enc;
4129 case DW_ATE_address:
4130 return "DW_ATE_address";
4131 case DW_ATE_boolean:
4132 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4133 case DW_ATE_complex_float:
4134 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4136 return "DW_ATE_float";
4138 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4139 case DW_ATE_signed_char:
4140 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4141 case DW_ATE_unsigned:
4142 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4143 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char:
4144 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4146 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4151 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4152 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4153 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4154 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4158 decl_ultimate_origin (decl)
4161 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4162 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4163 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4164 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) == decl)
4167 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4168 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl)))
4169 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4170 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4174 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl);
4177 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4178 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4179 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4180 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4184 block_ultimate_origin (block)
4185 register tree block;
4187 register tree immediate_origin = BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block);
4189 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4190 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4191 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4192 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block) && immediate_origin == block)
4195 if (immediate_origin == NULL_TREE)
4199 register tree ret_val;
4200 register tree lookahead = immediate_origin;
4204 ret_val = lookahead;
4205 lookahead = (TREE_CODE (ret_val) == BLOCK)
4206 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val)
4209 while (lookahead != NULL && lookahead != ret_val);
4215 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4216 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4220 decl_class_context (decl)
4223 tree context = NULL_TREE;
4225 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || ! DECL_VINDEX (decl))
4226 context = DECL_CONTEXT (decl);
4228 context = TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4229 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl)))));
4231 if (context && !TYPE_P (context))
4232 context = NULL_TREE;
4237 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4238 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4241 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr)
4242 register dw_die_ref die;
4243 register dw_attr_ref attr;
4245 if (die != NULL && attr != NULL)
4247 attr->dw_attr_next = die->die_attr;
4248 die->die_attr = attr;
4252 static inline dw_val_class AT_class PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4253 static inline dw_val_class
4257 return a->dw_attr_val.val_class;
4260 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4263 add_AT_flag (die, attr_kind, flag)
4264 register dw_die_ref die;
4265 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4266 register unsigned flag;
4268 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4270 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4271 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4272 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_flag;
4273 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag = flag;
4274 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4277 static inline unsigned AT_flag PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4278 static inline unsigned
4280 register dw_attr_ref a;
4282 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_flag)
4283 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag;
4288 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4291 add_AT_int (die, attr_kind, int_val)
4292 register dw_die_ref die;
4293 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4294 register long int int_val;
4296 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4298 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4299 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4300 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_const;
4301 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_int = int_val;
4302 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4305 static inline long int AT_int PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4306 static inline long int
4308 register dw_attr_ref a;
4310 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_const)
4311 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_int;
4316 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4319 add_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind, unsigned_val)
4320 register dw_die_ref die;
4321 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4322 register unsigned long unsigned_val;
4324 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4326 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4327 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4328 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_unsigned_const;
4329 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned = unsigned_val;
4330 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4333 static inline unsigned long AT_unsigned PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4334 static inline unsigned long
4336 register dw_attr_ref a;
4338 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const)
4339 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned;
4344 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4347 add_AT_long_long (die, attr_kind, val_hi, val_low)
4348 register dw_die_ref die;
4349 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4350 register unsigned long val_hi;
4351 register unsigned long val_low;
4353 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4355 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4356 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4357 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_long_long;
4358 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi = val_hi;
4359 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low = val_low;
4360 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4363 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4366 add_AT_float (die, attr_kind, length, array)
4367 register dw_die_ref die;
4368 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4369 register unsigned length;
4370 register long *array;
4372 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4374 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4375 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4376 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_float;
4377 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length = length;
4378 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array = array;
4379 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4382 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4385 add_AT_string (die, attr_kind, str)
4386 register dw_die_ref die;
4387 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4388 register const char *str;
4390 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4392 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4393 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4394 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_str;
4395 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_str = xstrdup (str);
4396 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4399 static inline const char *AT_string PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4400 static inline const char *
4402 register dw_attr_ref a;
4404 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_str)
4405 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str;
4410 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4413 add_AT_die_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_die)
4414 register dw_die_ref die;
4415 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4416 register dw_die_ref targ_die;
4418 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4420 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4421 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4422 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_die_ref;
4423 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die = targ_die;
4424 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = 0;
4425 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4428 static inline dw_die_ref AT_ref PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4429 static inline dw_die_ref
4431 register dw_attr_ref a;
4433 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4434 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.die;
4439 static inline int AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4442 register dw_attr_ref a;
4444 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4445 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external;
4450 static inline void set_AT_ref_external PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref, int));
4452 set_AT_ref_external (a, i)
4453 register dw_attr_ref a;
4456 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_die_ref)
4457 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_die_ref.external = i;
4462 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4465 add_AT_fde_ref (die, attr_kind, targ_fde)
4466 register dw_die_ref die;
4467 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4468 register unsigned targ_fde;
4470 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4472 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4473 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4474 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_fde_ref;
4475 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index = targ_fde;
4476 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4479 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4482 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc)
4483 register dw_die_ref die;
4484 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4485 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
4487 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4489 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4490 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4491 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
4492 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc = loc;
4493 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4496 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref AT_loc PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4497 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4499 register dw_attr_ref a;
4501 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc)
4502 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc;
4508 add_AT_loc_list (die, attr_kind, loc_list)
4509 register dw_die_ref die;
4510 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4511 register dw_loc_list_ref loc_list;
4513 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4515 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4516 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4517 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_loc_list;
4518 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list = loc_list;
4519 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4520 have_location_lists = 1;
4523 static inline dw_loc_list_ref AT_loc_list PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4525 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4527 register dw_attr_ref a;
4529 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
4530 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_loc_list;
4535 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4538 add_AT_addr (die, attr_kind, addr)
4539 register dw_die_ref die;
4540 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4543 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4545 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4546 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4547 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
4548 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr = addr;
4549 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4552 static inline rtx AT_addr PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4555 register dw_attr_ref a;
4557 if (a && AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_addr)
4558 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_addr;
4563 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4566 add_AT_lbl_id (die, attr_kind, lbl_id)
4567 register dw_die_ref die;
4568 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4569 register const char *lbl_id;
4571 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4573 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4574 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4575 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_id;
4576 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (lbl_id);
4577 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4580 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4583 add_AT_lbl_offset (die, attr_kind, label)
4584 register dw_die_ref die;
4585 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4586 register const char *label;
4588 register dw_attr_ref attr = (dw_attr_ref) xmalloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node));
4590 attr->dw_attr_next = NULL;
4591 attr->dw_attr = attr_kind;
4592 attr->dw_attr_val.val_class = dw_val_class_lbl_offset;
4593 attr->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id = xstrdup (label);
4594 add_dwarf_attr (die, attr);
4597 static inline const char *AT_lbl PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4598 static inline const char *
4600 register dw_attr_ref a;
4602 if (a && (AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4603 || AT_class (a) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset))
4604 return a->dw_attr_val.v.val_lbl_id;
4609 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4611 static inline dw_attr_ref
4612 get_AT (die, attr_kind)
4613 register dw_die_ref die;
4614 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4616 register dw_attr_ref a;
4617 register dw_die_ref spec = NULL;
4621 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
4623 if (a->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4626 if (a->dw_attr == DW_AT_specification
4627 || a->dw_attr == DW_AT_abstract_origin)
4632 return get_AT (spec, attr_kind);
4638 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4639 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is
4640 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4641 assembler label identifier. */
4643 static inline const char *
4645 register dw_die_ref die;
4647 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_low_pc);
4648 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4651 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with
4652 a subprogram DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is
4653 either not prsent, or if it cannot be represented as an
4654 assembler label identifier. */
4656 static inline const char *
4658 register dw_die_ref die;
4660 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_high_pc);
4661 return a ? AT_lbl (a) : NULL;
4664 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4665 NULL if it is not present. */
4667 static inline const char *
4668 get_AT_string (die, attr_kind)
4669 register dw_die_ref die;
4670 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4672 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4673 return a ? AT_string (a) : NULL;
4676 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4677 if it is not present. */
4680 get_AT_flag (die, attr_kind)
4681 register dw_die_ref die;
4682 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4684 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4685 return a ? AT_flag (a) : 0;
4688 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4689 if it is not present. */
4691 static inline unsigned
4692 get_AT_unsigned (die, attr_kind)
4693 register dw_die_ref die;
4694 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4696 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4697 return a ? AT_unsigned (a) : 0;
4700 static inline dw_die_ref
4701 get_AT_ref (die, attr_kind)
4703 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4705 register dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, attr_kind);
4706 return a ? AT_ref (a) : NULL;
4712 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4714 return (lang == DW_LANG_C || lang == DW_LANG_C89
4715 || lang == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus);
4721 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4723 return (lang == DW_LANG_Fortran77 || lang == DW_LANG_Fortran90);
4729 register unsigned lang = get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language);
4731 return (lang == DW_LANG_Java);
4734 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
4736 static inline void free_AT PARAMS ((dw_attr_ref));
4741 switch (AT_class (a))
4743 case dw_val_class_str:
4744 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
4745 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
4746 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_str);
4749 case dw_val_class_float:
4750 free (a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array);
4760 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
4763 remove_AT (die, attr_kind)
4764 register dw_die_ref die;
4765 register enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
4767 register dw_attr_ref *p;
4768 register dw_attr_ref removed = NULL;
4772 for (p = &(die->die_attr); *p; p = &((*p)->dw_attr_next))
4773 if ((*p)->dw_attr == attr_kind)
4776 *p = (*p)->dw_attr_next;
4785 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
4787 static inline void free_die PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
4792 remove_children (die);
4796 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
4799 remove_children (die)
4800 register dw_die_ref die;
4802 register dw_die_ref child_die = die->die_child;
4804 die->die_child = NULL;
4806 while (child_die != NULL)
4808 register dw_die_ref tmp_die = child_die;
4809 register dw_attr_ref a;
4811 child_die = child_die->die_sib;
4813 for (a = tmp_die->die_attr; a != NULL;)
4815 register dw_attr_ref tmp_a = a;
4817 a = a->dw_attr_next;
4825 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
4826 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4829 add_child_die (die, child_die)
4830 register dw_die_ref die;
4831 register dw_die_ref child_die;
4833 if (die != NULL && child_die != NULL)
4835 if (die == child_die)
4837 child_die->die_parent = die;
4838 child_die->die_sib = die->die_child;
4839 die->die_child = child_die;
4843 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
4844 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
4847 splice_child_die (parent, child)
4848 dw_die_ref parent, child;
4852 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
4853 specification DIE at toplevel. */
4854 if (child->die_parent != parent)
4856 dw_die_ref tmp = get_AT_ref (child, DW_AT_specification);
4861 if (child->die_parent != parent
4862 && child->die_parent != get_AT_ref (parent, DW_AT_specification))
4865 for (p = &(child->die_parent->die_child); *p; p = &((*p)->die_sib))
4868 *p = child->die_sib;
4872 child->die_sib = parent->die_child;
4873 parent->die_child = child;
4876 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
4878 static inline dw_die_ref
4879 new_die (tag_value, parent_die)
4880 register enum dwarf_tag tag_value;
4881 register dw_die_ref parent_die;
4883 register dw_die_ref die = (dw_die_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (die_node));
4885 die->die_tag = tag_value;
4887 if (parent_die != NULL)
4888 add_child_die (parent_die, die);
4891 limbo_die_node *limbo_node;
4893 limbo_node = (limbo_die_node *) xmalloc (sizeof (limbo_die_node));
4894 limbo_node->die = die;
4895 limbo_node->next = limbo_die_list;
4896 limbo_die_list = limbo_node;
4902 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
4904 static inline dw_die_ref
4905 lookup_type_die (type)
4908 if (TREE_CODE (type) == VECTOR_TYPE)
4909 type = TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type);
4910 return (dw_die_ref) TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type);
4913 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
4916 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die)
4918 register dw_die_ref type_die;
4920 TYPE_SYMTAB_POINTER (type) = (char *) type_die;
4923 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
4925 static inline dw_die_ref
4926 lookup_decl_die (decl)
4929 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4931 return (decl_id < decl_die_table_in_use
4932 ? decl_die_table[decl_id] : NULL);
4935 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
4938 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die)
4940 register dw_die_ref decl_die;
4942 register unsigned decl_id = DECL_UID (decl);
4943 register unsigned num_allocated;
4945 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_allocated)
4948 = ((decl_id + 1 + DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT - 1)
4949 / DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT)
4950 * DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
4953 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (decl_die_table,
4954 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * num_allocated);
4956 memset ((char *) &decl_die_table[decl_die_table_allocated], 0,
4957 (num_allocated - decl_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
4958 decl_die_table_allocated = num_allocated;
4961 if (decl_id >= decl_die_table_in_use)
4962 decl_die_table_in_use = (decl_id + 1);
4964 decl_die_table[decl_id] = decl_die;
4967 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
4968 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
4969 the DIE internal representation. */
4970 static int print_indent;
4972 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
4975 print_spaces (outfile)
4978 fprintf (outfile, "%*s", print_indent, "");
4981 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
4982 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
4985 print_die (die, outfile)
4989 register dw_attr_ref a;
4990 register dw_die_ref c;
4992 print_spaces (outfile);
4993 fprintf (outfile, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
4994 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
4995 print_spaces (outfile);
4996 fprintf (outfile, " abbrev id: %lu", die->die_abbrev);
4997 fprintf (outfile, " offset: %lu\n", die->die_offset);
4999 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5001 print_spaces (outfile);
5002 fprintf (outfile, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr));
5004 switch (AT_class (a))
5006 case dw_val_class_addr:
5007 fprintf (outfile, "address");
5009 case dw_val_class_loc:
5010 fprintf (outfile, "location descriptor");
5012 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5013 fprintf (outfile, "location list -> label:%s", AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol);
5015 case dw_val_class_const:
5016 fprintf (outfile, "%ld", AT_int (a));
5018 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5019 fprintf (outfile, "%lu", AT_unsigned (a));
5021 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5022 fprintf (outfile, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5023 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi,
5024 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low);
5026 case dw_val_class_float:
5027 fprintf (outfile, "floating-point constant");
5029 case dw_val_class_flag:
5030 fprintf (outfile, "%u", AT_flag (a));
5032 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5033 if (AT_ref (a) != NULL)
5035 if (AT_ref (a)->die_symbol)
5036 fprintf (outfile, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a)->die_symbol);
5038 fprintf (outfile, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a)->die_offset);
5041 fprintf (outfile, "die -> <null>");
5043 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5044 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5045 fprintf (outfile, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a));
5047 case dw_val_class_str:
5048 if (AT_string (a) != NULL)
5049 fprintf (outfile, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a));
5051 fprintf (outfile, "<null>");
5057 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5060 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5063 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5064 print_die (c, outfile);
5068 if (print_indent == 0)
5069 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5072 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5073 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5076 print_dwarf_line_table (outfile)
5079 register unsigned i;
5080 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
5082 fprintf (outfile, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5083 for (i = 1; i < line_info_table_in_use; ++i)
5085 line_info = &line_info_table[i];
5086 fprintf (outfile, "%5d: ", i);
5087 fprintf (outfile, "%-20s", file_table.table[line_info->dw_file_num]);
5088 fprintf (outfile, "%6ld", line_info->dw_line_num);
5089 fprintf (outfile, "\n");
5092 fprintf (outfile, "\n\n");
5095 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5098 debug_dwarf_die (die)
5101 print_die (die, stderr);
5104 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5105 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5111 print_die (comp_unit_die, stderr);
5112 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
5113 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr);
5116 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5117 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5118 they are in order of addition. */
5121 reverse_die_lists (die)
5122 register dw_die_ref die;
5124 register dw_die_ref c, cp, cn;
5125 register dw_attr_ref a, ap, an;
5127 for (a = die->die_attr, ap = 0; a; a = an)
5129 an = a->dw_attr_next;
5130 a->dw_attr_next = ap;
5135 for (c = die->die_child, cp = 0; c; c = cn)
5141 die->die_child = cp;
5144 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since
5145 we used to reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs
5146 through all the dies, it would reverse all the dies. Now, however,
5147 since we don't call reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we
5148 need a routine to recursively reverse all the dies. This is that
5152 reverse_all_dies (die)
5153 register dw_die_ref die;
5155 register dw_die_ref c;
5157 reverse_die_lists (die);
5159 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5160 reverse_all_dies (c);
5163 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is
5164 the CU for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the
5165 DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this
5169 push_new_compile_unit (old_unit, bincl_die)
5170 dw_die_ref old_unit, bincl_die;
5172 const char *filename = get_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name);
5173 dw_die_ref new_unit = gen_compile_unit_die (filename);
5174 new_unit->die_sib = old_unit;
5178 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5181 pop_compile_unit (old_unit)
5182 dw_die_ref old_unit;
5184 dw_die_ref new_unit = old_unit->die_sib;
5185 old_unit->die_sib = NULL;
5189 #define PROCESS(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5190 #define PROCESS_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5192 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5195 loc_checksum (loc, ctx)
5196 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5197 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5199 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_opc);
5200 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd1);
5201 PROCESS (loc->dw_loc_oprnd2);
5204 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5207 attr_checksum (at, ctx)
5209 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5211 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
5214 PROCESS (at->dw_attr);
5216 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5217 if (at->dw_attr == DW_AT_decl_file
5218 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5219 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5220 || at->dw_attr == DW_AT_producer)
5223 switch (AT_class (at))
5225 case dw_val_class_const:
5226 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_int);
5228 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5229 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_unsigned);
5231 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5232 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long);
5234 case dw_val_class_float:
5235 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_float);
5237 case dw_val_class_flag:
5238 PROCESS (at->dw_attr_val.v.val_flag);
5241 case dw_val_class_str:
5242 PROCESS_STRING (AT_string (at));
5244 case dw_val_class_addr:
5246 switch (GET_CODE (r))
5249 PROCESS_STRING (XSTR (r, 0));
5257 case dw_val_class_loc:
5258 for (loc = AT_loc (at); loc; loc = loc->dw_loc_next)
5259 loc_checksum (loc, ctx);
5262 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5263 if (AT_ref (at)->die_offset)
5264 PROCESS (AT_ref (at)->die_offset);
5265 /* FIXME else use target die name or something. */
5267 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5268 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5269 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5276 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5279 die_checksum (die, ctx)
5281 struct md5_ctx *ctx;
5286 PROCESS (die->die_tag);
5288 for (a = die->die_attr; a; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5289 attr_checksum (a, ctx);
5291 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5292 die_checksum (c, ctx);
5296 #undef PROCESS_STRING
5298 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5300 static char *comdat_symbol_id;
5302 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5303 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number;
5305 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5306 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5309 compute_section_prefix (unit_die)
5310 dw_die_ref unit_die;
5314 unsigned char checksum[16];
5317 md5_init_ctx (&ctx);
5318 die_checksum (unit_die, &ctx);
5319 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx, checksum);
5321 p = lbasename (get_AT_string (unit_die, DW_AT_name));
5322 name = (char *) alloca (strlen (p) + 64);
5323 sprintf (name, "%s.", p);
5325 clean_symbol_name (name);
5327 p = name + strlen (name);
5328 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
5330 sprintf (p, "%.2x", checksum[i]);
5334 comdat_symbol_id = unit_die->die_symbol = xstrdup (name);
5335 comdat_symbol_number = 0;
5338 /* Returns nonzero iff DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5344 switch (die->die_tag)
5346 case DW_TAG_array_type:
5347 case DW_TAG_class_type:
5348 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type:
5349 case DW_TAG_pointer_type:
5350 case DW_TAG_reference_type:
5351 case DW_TAG_string_type:
5352 case DW_TAG_structure_type:
5353 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type:
5354 case DW_TAG_union_type:
5355 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type:
5356 case DW_TAG_set_type:
5357 case DW_TAG_subrange_type:
5358 case DW_TAG_base_type:
5359 case DW_TAG_const_type:
5360 case DW_TAG_file_type:
5361 case DW_TAG_packed_type:
5362 case DW_TAG_volatile_type:
5369 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5370 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5371 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5372 compilations (functions). */
5379 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the
5380 main CU, as we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater
5381 likelihood of sharing between objects that don't include headers
5382 in the same order (and therefore would put the base types in a
5383 different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5384 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_base_type)
5387 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_pointer_type
5388 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_reference_type
5389 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_const_type
5390 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_volatile_type)
5392 dw_die_ref t = get_AT_ref (c, DW_AT_type);
5393 return t ? is_comdat_die (t) : 0;
5397 return is_type_die (c);
5400 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5401 compilation unit. */
5407 if (is_type_die (c))
5409 if (get_AT (c, DW_AT_declaration)
5410 && ! get_AT (c, DW_AT_specification))
5416 gen_internal_sym (prefix)
5420 static int label_num;
5421 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf, prefix, label_num++);
5422 return xstrdup (buf);
5425 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5428 assign_symbol_names (die)
5429 register dw_die_ref die;
5431 register dw_die_ref c;
5433 if (is_symbol_die (die))
5435 if (comdat_symbol_id)
5437 char *p = alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id) + 64);
5438 sprintf (p, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX,
5439 comdat_symbol_id, comdat_symbol_number++);
5440 die->die_symbol = xstrdup (p);
5443 die->die_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5446 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5447 assign_symbol_names (c);
5450 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5451 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5452 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5455 break_out_includes (die)
5456 register dw_die_ref die;
5459 register dw_die_ref unit = NULL;
5460 limbo_die_node *node;
5462 for (ptr = &(die->die_child); *ptr; )
5464 register dw_die_ref c = *ptr;
5466 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5467 || c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5468 || (unit && is_comdat_die (c)))
5470 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5473 if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL)
5475 unit = push_new_compile_unit (unit, c);
5478 else if (c->die_tag == DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL)
5480 unit = pop_compile_unit (unit);
5484 add_child_die (unit, c);
5488 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
5489 ptr = &(c->die_sib);
5495 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
5496 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
5501 assign_symbol_names (die);
5502 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
5504 compute_section_prefix (node->die);
5505 assign_symbol_names (node->die);
5509 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
5510 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
5511 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
5514 add_sibling_attributes (die)
5515 register dw_die_ref die;
5517 register dw_die_ref c;
5519 if (die->die_tag != DW_TAG_compile_unit
5520 && die->die_sib && die->die_child != NULL)
5521 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
5522 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_sibling, die->die_sib);
5524 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5525 add_sibling_attributes (c);
5528 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and it's children */
5530 output_location_lists (die)
5531 register dw_die_ref die;
5535 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5537 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_loc_list)
5539 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr));
5542 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5543 output_location_lists (c);
5546 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs)
5547 is encoded in an abbreviation table. This routine builds the
5548 abbreviation table and assigns a unique abbreviation id for
5549 each abbreviation entry. The children of each die are visited
5553 build_abbrev_table (die)
5554 register dw_die_ref die;
5556 register unsigned long abbrev_id;
5557 register unsigned int n_alloc;
5558 register dw_die_ref c;
5559 register dw_attr_ref d_attr, a_attr;
5561 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
5562 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
5563 for (d_attr = die->die_attr; d_attr; d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next)
5565 if (AT_class (d_attr) == dw_val_class_die_ref
5566 && AT_ref (d_attr)->die_mark == 0)
5568 if (AT_ref (d_attr)->die_symbol == 0)
5570 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr, 1);
5574 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5576 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5578 if (abbrev->die_tag == die->die_tag)
5580 if ((abbrev->die_child != NULL) == (die->die_child != NULL))
5582 a_attr = abbrev->die_attr;
5583 d_attr = die->die_attr;
5585 while (a_attr != NULL && d_attr != NULL)
5587 if ((a_attr->dw_attr != d_attr->dw_attr)
5588 || (value_format (a_attr) != value_format (d_attr)))
5591 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next;
5592 d_attr = d_attr->dw_attr_next;
5595 if (a_attr == NULL && d_attr == NULL)
5601 if (abbrev_id >= abbrev_die_table_in_use)
5603 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use >= abbrev_die_table_allocated)
5605 n_alloc = abbrev_die_table_allocated + ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
5607 = (dw_die_ref *) xrealloc (abbrev_die_table,
5608 sizeof (dw_die_ref) * n_alloc);
5610 memset ((char *) &abbrev_die_table[abbrev_die_table_allocated], 0,
5611 (n_alloc - abbrev_die_table_allocated) * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
5612 abbrev_die_table_allocated = n_alloc;
5615 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use;
5616 abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id] = die;
5619 die->die_abbrev = abbrev_id;
5620 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5621 build_abbrev_table (c);
5624 /* Return the size of a string, including the null byte.
5626 This used to treat backslashes as escapes, and hence they were not included
5627 in the count. However, that conflicts with what ASM_OUTPUT_ASCII does,
5628 which treats a backslash as a backslash, escaping it if necessary, and hence
5629 we must include them in the count. */
5631 static unsigned long
5632 size_of_string (str)
5633 register const char *str;
5635 return strlen (str) + 1;
5638 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
5641 constant_size (value)
5642 long unsigned value;
5649 log = floor_log2 (value);
5652 log = 1 << (floor_log2 (log) + 1);
5657 /* Return the size of a DIE, as it is represented in the
5658 .debug_info section. */
5660 static unsigned long
5662 register dw_die_ref die;
5664 register unsigned long size = 0;
5665 register dw_attr_ref a;
5667 size += size_of_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev);
5668 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
5670 switch (AT_class (a))
5672 case dw_val_class_addr:
5673 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5675 case dw_val_class_loc:
5677 register unsigned long lsize = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
5680 size += constant_size (lsize);
5684 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5685 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5687 case dw_val_class_const:
5688 size += size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a));
5690 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5691 size += constant_size (AT_unsigned (a));
5693 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5694 size += 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR; /* block */
5696 case dw_val_class_float:
5697 size += 1 + a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4; /* block */
5699 case dw_val_class_flag:
5702 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5703 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5705 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5706 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5708 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5709 size += DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5711 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5712 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5714 case dw_val_class_str:
5715 size += size_of_string (AT_string (a));
5725 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE.
5726 Visits the DIE's children recursively. Updates the global
5727 variable next_die_offset, on each time through. Uses the
5728 current value of next_die_offset to update the die_offset
5729 field in each DIE. */
5732 calc_die_sizes (die)
5735 register dw_die_ref c;
5736 die->die_offset = next_die_offset;
5737 next_die_offset += size_of_die (die);
5739 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
5742 if (die->die_child != NULL)
5743 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
5744 next_die_offset += 1;
5747 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
5748 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
5749 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
5750 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
5756 register dw_die_ref c;
5758 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5762 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
5768 register dw_die_ref c;
5770 for (c = die->die_child; c; c = c->die_sib)
5774 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
5775 compilation unit. */
5777 static unsigned long
5780 register unsigned long size;
5781 register unsigned i;
5783 size = DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE;
5784 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
5786 register pubname_ref p = &pubname_table[i];
5787 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + size_of_string (p->name);
5790 size += DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE;
5794 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
5796 static unsigned long
5799 register unsigned long size;
5801 size = DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE;
5803 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
5804 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5805 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * arange_table_in_use;
5807 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
5808 size += 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE;
5812 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
5814 static enum dwarf_form
5818 switch (a->dw_attr_val.val_class)
5820 case dw_val_class_addr:
5821 return DW_FORM_addr;
5822 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
5823 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
5824 .debug_loc section */
5825 return DW_FORM_data4;
5826 case dw_val_class_loc:
5827 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a))))
5830 return DW_FORM_block1;
5832 return DW_FORM_block2;
5836 case dw_val_class_const:
5837 return DW_FORM_sdata;
5838 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
5839 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)))
5842 return DW_FORM_data1;
5844 return DW_FORM_data2;
5846 return DW_FORM_data4;
5848 return DW_FORM_data8;
5852 case dw_val_class_long_long:
5853 return DW_FORM_block1;
5854 case dw_val_class_float:
5855 return DW_FORM_block1;
5856 case dw_val_class_flag:
5857 return DW_FORM_flag;
5858 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
5859 if (AT_ref_external (a))
5860 return DW_FORM_ref_addr;
5863 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
5864 return DW_FORM_data;
5865 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
5866 return DW_FORM_addr;
5867 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
5868 return DW_FORM_data;
5869 case dw_val_class_str:
5870 return DW_FORM_string;
5876 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
5879 output_value_format (a)
5882 enum dwarf_form form = value_format (a);
5883 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form));
5886 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
5890 output_abbrev_section ()
5892 unsigned long abbrev_id;
5895 for (abbrev_id = 1; abbrev_id < abbrev_die_table_in_use; ++abbrev_id)
5897 register dw_die_ref abbrev = abbrev_die_table[abbrev_id];
5899 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id, "(abbrev code)");
5901 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev->die_tag, "(TAG: %s)",
5902 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev->die_tag));
5904 if (abbrev->die_child != NULL)
5905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes, "DW_children_yes");
5907 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no, "DW_children_no");
5909 for (a_attr = abbrev->die_attr; a_attr != NULL;
5910 a_attr = a_attr->dw_attr_next)
5912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr->dw_attr, "(%s)",
5913 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr->dw_attr));
5914 output_value_format (a_attr);
5917 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5918 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5921 /* Terminate the table. */
5922 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL);
5925 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
5928 output_die_symbol (die)
5929 register dw_die_ref die;
5931 char *sym = die->die_symbol;
5936 if (strncmp (sym, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX) - 1) == 0)
5937 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
5938 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
5940 ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5941 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, sym);
5944 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
5945 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal
5946 symbol for this location list node, which is done for the head of
5948 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
5949 new_loc_list (expr, begin, end, section, gensym)
5950 register dw_loc_descr_ref expr;
5951 register const char *begin;
5952 register const char *end;
5953 register const char *section;
5954 register unsigned gensym;
5956 register dw_loc_list_ref retlist
5957 = (dw_loc_list_ref) xcalloc (1, sizeof (dw_loc_list_node));
5958 retlist->begin = begin;
5960 retlist->expr = expr;
5961 retlist->section = section;
5963 retlist->ll_symbol = gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
5967 /* Add a location description expression to a location list */
5969 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (list_head, descr, begin, end, section)
5970 register dw_loc_list_ref *list_head;
5971 register dw_loc_descr_ref descr;
5972 register const char *begin;
5973 register const char *end;
5974 register const char *section;
5976 register dw_loc_list_ref *d;
5978 /* Find the end of the chain. */
5979 for (d = list_head; (*d) != NULL; d = &(*d)->dw_loc_next)
5981 /* Add a new location list node to the list */
5982 *d = new_loc_list (descr, begin, end, section, 0);
5987 /* Output the location list given to us */
5989 output_loc_list (list_head)
5990 register dw_loc_list_ref list_head;
5992 register dw_loc_list_ref curr=list_head;
5993 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, list_head->ll_symbol);
5994 if (strcmp (curr->section, ".text") == 0)
5996 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
5997 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT)0,
5998 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
5999 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->section,
6000 "Location list base address specifier base");
6002 for (curr = list_head; curr != NULL; curr=curr->dw_loc_next)
6005 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->begin, curr->section,
6006 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6007 list_head->ll_symbol);
6008 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, curr->end, curr->section,
6009 "Location list end address (%s)",
6010 list_head->ll_symbol);
6011 size = size_of_locs (curr->expr);
6013 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6014 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s",
6015 "Location expression size");
6017 output_loc_sequence (curr->expr);
6019 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6020 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6021 list_head->ll_symbol);
6022 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0,
6023 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6024 list_head->ll_symbol);
6026 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6027 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6031 register dw_die_ref die;
6033 register dw_attr_ref a;
6034 register dw_die_ref c;
6035 register unsigned long size;
6037 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6038 them to point to. */
6039 if (die->die_symbol)
6040 output_die_symbol (die);
6042 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die->die_abbrev, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6043 die->die_offset, dwarf_tag_name (die->die_tag));
6045 for (a = die->die_attr; a != NULL; a = a->dw_attr_next)
6047 const char *name = dwarf_attr_name (a->dw_attr);
6049 switch (AT_class (a))
6051 case dw_val_class_addr:
6052 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_addr (a), "%s", name);
6055 case dw_val_class_loc:
6056 size = size_of_locs (AT_loc (a));
6058 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6059 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size), size, "%s", name);
6061 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a));
6064 case dw_val_class_const:
6065 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6066 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6067 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6068 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a), "%s", name);
6071 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const:
6072 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a)),
6073 AT_unsigned (a), "%s", name);
6076 case dw_val_class_long_long:
6078 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first, second;
6080 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6083 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN)
6085 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6086 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6090 first = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.low;
6091 second = a->dw_attr_val.v.val_long_long.hi;
6093 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6094 first, "long long constant");
6095 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR,
6100 case dw_val_class_float:
6102 register unsigned int i;
6104 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length * 4,
6107 for (i = 0; i < a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.length; ++i)
6108 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a->dw_attr_val.v.val_float.array[i],
6109 "fp constant word %u", i);
6113 case dw_val_class_flag:
6114 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a), "%s", name);
6116 case dw_val_class_loc_list:
6118 char *sym = AT_loc_list (a)->ll_symbol;
6121 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, sym, loc_section_label, name);
6124 case dw_val_class_die_ref:
6125 if (AT_ref_external (a))
6127 char *sym = AT_ref (a)->die_symbol;
6130 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, sym, "%s", name);
6132 else if (AT_ref (a)->die_offset == 0)
6135 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_ref (a)->die_offset,
6139 case dw_val_class_fde_ref:
6142 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, FDE_LABEL,
6143 a->dw_attr_val.v.val_fde_index * 2);
6144 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l1, "%s", name);
6148 case dw_val_class_lbl_id:
6149 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6152 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset:
6153 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, AT_lbl (a), "%s", name);
6156 case dw_val_class_str:
6157 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a), -1, "%s", name);
6165 for (c = die->die_child; c != NULL; c = c->die_sib)
6168 if (die->die_child != NULL)
6170 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6171 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6176 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6177 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6180 output_compilation_unit_header ()
6182 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset - DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE,
6183 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6185 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF version number");
6187 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, abbrev_section_label,
6188 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6190 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6193 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6196 output_comp_unit (die)
6199 const char *secname;
6201 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the
6202 information about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty
6203 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
6204 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
6207 Mark all the DIEs in this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6210 build_abbrev_table (die);
6212 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6213 next_die_offset = DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE;
6214 calc_die_sizes (die);
6216 if (die->die_symbol)
6218 char *tmp = (char *) alloca (strlen (die->die_symbol) + 24);
6219 sprintf (tmp, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", die->die_symbol);
6221 die->die_symbol = NULL;
6224 secname = (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION;
6226 /* Output debugging information. */
6227 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, secname);
6228 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6231 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6233 if (die->die_symbol)
6237 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The output
6238 of decl_printable_name for C++ looks like "A::f(int)". Let's drop the
6239 argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6242 dwarf2_name (decl, scope)
6246 return (*decl_printable_name) (decl, scope ? 1 : 0);
6249 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6252 add_pubname (decl, die)
6258 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
6261 if (pubname_table_in_use == pubname_table_allocated)
6263 pubname_table_allocated += PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6264 pubname_table = (pubname_ref) xrealloc
6265 (pubname_table, pubname_table_allocated * sizeof (pubname_entry));
6268 p = &pubname_table[pubname_table_in_use++];
6271 p->name = xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl, 1));
6274 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6275 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6276 visible procedures. */
6281 register unsigned i;
6282 register unsigned long pubnames_length = size_of_pubnames ();
6284 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pubnames_length,
6285 "Length of Public Names Info");
6287 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6289 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6290 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6292 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, next_die_offset,
6293 "Compilation Unit Length");
6295 for (i = 0; i < pubname_table_in_use; ++i)
6297 register pubname_ref pub = &pubname_table[i];
6299 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6300 if (pub->die->die_mark == 0)
6303 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, pub->die->die_offset,
6306 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub->name, -1, "external name");
6309 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6312 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6315 add_arange (decl, die)
6319 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl))
6322 if (arange_table_in_use == arange_table_allocated)
6324 arange_table_allocated += ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
6326 = (arange_ref) xrealloc (arange_table,
6327 arange_table_allocated * sizeof (dw_die_ref));
6330 arange_table[arange_table_in_use++] = die;
6333 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6334 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6335 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6340 register unsigned i;
6341 register unsigned long aranges_length = size_of_aranges ();
6343 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, aranges_length,
6344 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6346 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6348 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, debug_info_section_label,
6349 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6351 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, "Size of Address");
6353 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6355 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6356 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE)
6358 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6360 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6361 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE);
6362 for (i = 2; i < (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE; i += 2)
6363 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL);
6366 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_section_label, "Address");
6367 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label,
6368 text_section_label, "Length");
6370 for (i = 0; i < arange_table_in_use; ++i)
6372 dw_die_ref die = arange_table[i];
6374 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6375 if (die->die_mark == 0)
6378 if (die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
6380 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_low_pc (die),
6382 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, get_AT_hi_pc (die),
6383 get_AT_low_pc (die), "Length");
6387 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6388 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6389 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6391 dw_attr_ref a = get_AT (die, DW_AT_location);
6392 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
6393 if (! a || AT_class (a) != dw_val_class_loc)
6397 if (loc->dw_loc_opc != DW_OP_addr)
6400 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6401 loc->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr, "Address");
6402 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE,
6403 get_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size),
6408 /* Output the terminator words. */
6409 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6410 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, 0, NULL);
6414 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
6417 char *path; /* Complete file name. */
6418 char *fname; /* File name part. */
6419 int length; /* Length of entire string. */
6420 int file_idx; /* Index in input file table. */
6421 int dir_idx; /* Index in directory table. */
6424 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
6428 char *path; /* Path including directory name. */
6429 int length; /* Path length. */
6430 int prefix; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
6431 int count; /* Number of files in this directory. */
6432 int dir_idx; /* Index of directory used as base. */
6433 int used; /* Used in the end? */
6436 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
6437 the directories in the path. */
6439 file_info_cmp (p1, p2)
6443 const struct file_info *s1 = p1;
6444 const struct file_info *s2 = p2;
6448 /* Take care of file names without directories. */
6449 if (s1->path == s1->fname)
6451 else if (s2->path == s2->fname)
6454 cp1 = (unsigned char *) s1->path;
6455 cp2 = (unsigned char *) s2->path;
6461 /* Reached the end of the first path? */
6462 if (cp1 == (unsigned char *) s1->fname)
6463 /* It doesn't really matter in which order files from the
6464 same directory are sorted in. Therefore don't test for
6465 the second path reaching the end. */
6467 else if (cp2 == (unsigned char *) s2->fname)
6470 /* Character of current path component the same? */
6476 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
6477 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
6478 slowdowns with many input files. */
6480 output_file_names ()
6482 struct file_info *files;
6483 struct dir_info *dirs;
6492 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
6493 files = (struct file_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6494 * sizeof (struct file_info));
6495 dirs = (struct dir_info *) alloca (file_table.in_use
6496 * sizeof (struct dir_info));
6498 /* Sort the file names. */
6499 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6503 /* Skip all leading "./". */
6504 f = file_table.table[i];
6505 while (f[0] == '.' && f[1] == '/')
6508 /* Create a new array entry. */
6510 files[i].length = strlen (f);
6511 files[i].file_idx = i;
6513 /* Search for the file name part. */
6514 f = strrchr (f, '/');
6515 files[i].fname = f == NULL ? files[i].path : f + 1;
6517 qsort (files + 1, file_table.in_use - 1, sizeof (files[0]), file_info_cmp);
6519 /* Find all the different directories used. */
6520 dirs[0].path = files[1].path;
6521 dirs[0].length = files[1].fname - files[1].path;
6522 dirs[0].prefix = -1;
6524 dirs[0].dir_idx = 0;
6526 files[1].dir_idx = 0;
6529 for (i = 2; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6530 if (files[i].fname - files[i].path == dirs[ndirs - 1].length
6531 && memcmp (dirs[ndirs - 1].path, files[i].path,
6532 dirs[ndirs - 1].length) == 0)
6534 /* Same directory as last entry. */
6535 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs - 1;
6536 ++dirs[ndirs - 1].count;
6542 /* This is a new directory. */
6543 dirs[ndirs].path = files[i].path;
6544 dirs[ndirs].length = files[i].fname - files[i].path;
6545 dirs[ndirs].count = 1;
6546 dirs[ndirs].dir_idx = ndirs;
6547 dirs[ndirs].used = 0;
6548 files[i].dir_idx = ndirs;
6550 /* Search for a prefix. */
6551 dirs[ndirs].prefix = -1;
6552 for (j = 0; j < ndirs; ++j)
6553 if (dirs[j].length < dirs[ndirs].length
6554 && dirs[j].length > 1
6555 && (dirs[ndirs].prefix == -1
6556 || dirs[j].length > dirs[dirs[ndirs].prefix].length)
6557 && memcmp (dirs[j].path, dirs[ndirs].path, dirs[j].length) == 0)
6558 dirs[ndirs].prefix = j;
6563 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the
6564 directories which allow expressing the file name using references
6565 to the directory table with the least amount of characters. We
6566 do not do an exhaustive search where we would have to check out
6567 every combination of every single possible prefix. Instead we
6568 use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal results in most
6569 cases and never is much off. */
6570 saved = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6571 savehere = (int *) alloca (ndirs * sizeof (int));
6573 memset (saved, '\0', ndirs * sizeof (saved[0]));
6574 for (i = 0; i < ndirs; ++i)
6579 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But
6580 this does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the
6582 savehere[i] = dirs[i].length;
6583 total = (savehere[i] - saved[i]) * dirs[i].count;
6585 for (j = i + 1; j < ndirs; ++j)
6589 if (saved[j] < dirs[i].length)
6591 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
6596 while (k != -1 && k != i)
6601 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
6602 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
6604 savehere[j] = dirs[i].length;
6605 total += (savehere[j] - saved[j]) * dirs[j].count;
6610 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
6612 if (total > dirs[i].length + 1)
6614 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
6615 for (j = i; j < ndirs; ++j)
6616 if (savehere[j] > 0)
6618 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
6619 saved[j] = savehere[j];
6621 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
6622 dirs[j].dir_idx = i;
6627 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table
6628 array since the index is used in the debug info generation. To
6629 do this efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices
6631 backmap = (int *) alloca (file_table.in_use * sizeof (int));
6632 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6634 backmap[files[i].file_idx] = i;
6635 /* Mark this directory as used. */
6636 dirs[dirs[files[i].dir_idx].dir_idx].used = 1;
6639 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First the
6640 directory name table. Here we have to make sure that the first
6641 actually emitted directory name has the index one. Zero is
6642 reserved for the current working directory. Make sure we do not
6643 confuse these indices with the one for the constructed table
6644 (even though most of the time they are identical). */
6646 idx_offset = dirs[0].length > 0 ? 1 : 0;
6647 for (i = 1 - idx_offset; i < ndirs; ++i)
6648 if (dirs[i].used != 0)
6650 dirs[i].used = idx++;
6651 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs[i].path, dirs[i].length - 1,
6652 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs[i].used);
6654 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
6656 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
6658 if (idx_offset == 0)
6661 /* Now write all the file names. */
6662 for (i = 1; i < (int) file_table.in_use; ++i)
6664 int file_idx = backmap[i];
6665 int dir_idx = dirs[files[file_idx].dir_idx].dir_idx;
6667 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files[file_idx].path + dirs[dir_idx].length, -1,
6668 "File Entry: 0x%x", i);
6670 /* Include directory index. */
6671 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs[dir_idx].used, NULL);
6673 /* Modification time. */
6674 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6676 /* File length in bytes. */
6677 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL);
6679 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
6683 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
6684 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
6689 char l1[20], l2[20], p1[20], p2[20];
6690 char line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6691 char prev_line_label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
6692 register unsigned opc;
6693 register unsigned n_op_args;
6694 register unsigned long lt_index;
6695 register unsigned long current_line;
6696 register long line_offset;
6697 register long line_delta;
6698 register unsigned long current_file;
6699 register unsigned long function;
6701 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL, 0);
6702 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL, 0);
6703 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL, 0);
6704 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL, 0);
6706 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, l2, l1,
6707 "Length of Source Line Info");
6708 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l1);
6710 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION, "DWARF Version");
6712 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE, p2, p1, "Prolog Length");
6713 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p1);
6715 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_MIN_INSTR_LENGTH,
6716 "Minimum Instruction Length");
6718 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START,
6719 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
6721 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE,
6722 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
6724 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE,
6725 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
6727 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE,
6728 "Special Opcode Base");
6730 for (opc = 1; opc < DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE; ++opc)
6734 case DW_LNS_advance_pc:
6735 case DW_LNS_advance_line:
6736 case DW_LNS_set_file:
6737 case DW_LNS_set_column:
6738 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc:
6746 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
6750 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
6751 output_file_names ();
6752 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, p2);
6754 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
6755 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
6756 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
6758 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
6759 a series of state machine operations. */
6762 strcpy (prev_line_label, text_section_label);
6763 for (lt_index = 1; lt_index < line_info_table_in_use; ++lt_index)
6765 register dw_line_info_ref line_info = &line_info_table[lt_index];
6768 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
6769 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
6772 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
6773 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
6774 that anything after the last address is this line. */
6775 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6776 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file)
6780 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
6782 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
6783 use the most general form. Gcc does not know the address delta
6784 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
6785 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
6786 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
6787 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
6789 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, LINE_CODE_LABEL, lt_index);
6792 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
6793 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6794 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6795 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6799 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
6800 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
6801 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6802 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6803 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6804 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6806 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6808 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6809 different from the previous line. */
6810 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6812 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6813 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6814 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
6815 file_table.table[current_file]);
6818 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6819 that uses the least amount of space. */
6820 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6822 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6823 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6824 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6825 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6827 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
6828 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
6830 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
6831 "line %lu", current_line);
6835 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
6836 depending on the value being encoded. */
6837 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
6838 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
6839 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
6840 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6845 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
6846 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6850 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6853 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6854 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6855 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6859 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6860 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6861 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6862 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, text_end_label, NULL);
6865 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6866 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
6867 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
6872 for (lt_index = 0; lt_index < separate_line_info_table_in_use;)
6874 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
6875 = &separate_line_info_table[lt_index];
6878 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
6879 if (line_info->dw_line_num == current_line
6880 && line_info->dw_file_num == current_file
6881 && line_info->function == function)
6885 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
6886 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
6887 to handle it differently. */
6888 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
6890 if (function != line_info->function)
6892 function = line_info->function;
6894 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function */
6895 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6896 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6897 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6898 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6902 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
6905 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6906 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6907 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6911 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6912 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6913 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6914 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6917 strcpy (prev_line_label, line_label);
6919 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
6920 different from the previous line. */
6921 if (line_info->dw_file_num != current_file)
6923 current_file = line_info->dw_file_num;
6924 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file, "DW_LNS_set_file");
6925 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file, "(\"%s\")",
6926 file_table.table[current_file]);
6929 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
6930 that uses the least amount of space. */
6931 if (line_info->dw_line_num != current_line)
6933 line_offset = line_info->dw_line_num - current_line;
6934 line_delta = line_offset - DWARF_LINE_BASE;
6935 current_line = line_info->dw_line_num;
6936 if (line_delta >= 0 && line_delta < (DWARF_LINE_RANGE - 1))
6937 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE + line_delta,
6938 "line %lu", current_line);
6941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line,
6942 "advance to line %lu", current_line);
6943 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset, NULL);
6944 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6948 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy, "DW_LNS_copy");
6955 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
6956 if (lt_index == separate_line_info_table_in_use
6957 || separate_line_info_table[lt_index].function != function)
6962 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
6963 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label, FUNC_END_LABEL, function);
6966 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc,
6967 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
6968 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label, prev_line_label, NULL);
6972 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
6973 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, NULL);
6974 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address, NULL);
6975 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE, line_label, NULL);
6978 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
6979 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
6980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL);
6981 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence, NULL);
6985 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
6986 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, l2);
6989 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
6990 a DIE that describes the given type.
6992 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
6993 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
6996 base_type_die (type)
6999 register dw_die_ref base_type_result;
7000 register const char *type_name;
7001 register enum dwarf_type encoding;
7002 register tree name = TYPE_NAME (type);
7004 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK
7005 || TREE_CODE (type) == VOID_TYPE)
7010 if (TREE_CODE (name) == TYPE_DECL)
7011 name = DECL_NAME (name);
7013 type_name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name);
7016 type_name = "__unknown__";
7018 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7021 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7022 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7023 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7025 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7026 && (type == char_type_node
7027 || ! strcmp (type_name, "signed char")
7028 || ! strcmp (type_name, "unsigned char"))))
7030 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7031 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned;
7033 encoding = DW_ATE_signed;
7036 /* else fall through. */
7039 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7040 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type))
7041 encoding = DW_ATE_unsigned_char;
7043 encoding = DW_ATE_signed_char;
7047 encoding = DW_ATE_float;
7050 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7051 a user defined type for it. */
7053 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == REAL_TYPE)
7054 encoding = DW_ATE_complex_float;
7056 encoding = DW_ATE_lo_user;
7060 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7061 encoding = DW_ATE_boolean;
7065 abort (); /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7068 base_type_result = new_die (DW_TAG_base_type, comp_unit_die);
7069 if (demangle_name_func)
7070 type_name = (*demangle_name_func) (type_name);
7072 add_AT_string (base_type_result, DW_AT_name, type_name);
7073 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_byte_size,
7074 int_size_in_bytes (type));
7075 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result, DW_AT_encoding, encoding);
7077 return base_type_result;
7080 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7081 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7082 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7083 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7084 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7085 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7086 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7087 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7093 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7094 return error_mark_node;
7096 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7099 return error_mark_node;
7102 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7103 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type)));
7106 return type_main_variant (type);
7110 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return non-zero if the
7111 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7117 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
7132 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
7137 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
7151 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7152 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7155 modified_type_die (type, is_const_type, is_volatile_type, context_die)
7157 register int is_const_type;
7158 register int is_volatile_type;
7159 register dw_die_ref context_die;
7161 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
7162 register dw_die_ref mod_type_die = NULL;
7163 register dw_die_ref sub_die = NULL;
7164 register tree item_type = NULL;
7166 if (code != ERROR_MARK)
7168 tree qualified_type;
7170 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7173 = get_qualified_type (type,
7174 ((is_const_type ? TYPE_QUAL_CONST : 0)
7176 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE : 0)));
7177 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7180 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7182 return mod_type_die;
7185 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7186 if (qualified_type && TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)
7187 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)) == TYPE_DECL
7188 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type)))
7190 tree type_name = TYPE_NAME (qualified_type);
7191 tree dtype = TREE_TYPE (type_name);
7192 if (qualified_type == dtype)
7194 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7195 gen_type_die (qualified_type, context_die);
7196 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (qualified_type);
7199 else if (is_const_type < TYPE_READONLY (dtype)
7200 || is_volatile_type < TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype))
7201 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7202 type to which it refers. */
7204 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name),
7205 is_const_type, is_volatile_type,
7207 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7213 else if (is_const_type)
7215 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_const_type, comp_unit_die);
7216 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, is_volatile_type, context_die);
7218 else if (is_volatile_type)
7220 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type, comp_unit_die);
7221 sub_die = modified_type_die (type, 0, 0, context_die);
7223 else if (code == POINTER_TYPE)
7225 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, comp_unit_die);
7226 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7228 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7230 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7232 else if (code == REFERENCE_TYPE)
7234 mod_type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, comp_unit_die);
7235 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
7237 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_address_class, 0);
7239 item_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
7241 else if (is_base_type (type))
7242 mod_type_die = base_type_die (type);
7245 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
7247 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
7248 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
7249 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
7250 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
7251 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
7253 mod_type_die = lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type));
7254 if (mod_type_die == NULL)
7258 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
7260 type = qualified_type;
7263 equate_type_number_to_die (type, mod_type_die);
7265 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
7266 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
7267 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
7268 types are possible in Ada. */
7269 sub_die = modified_type_die (item_type,
7270 TYPE_READONLY (item_type),
7271 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type),
7274 if (sub_die != NULL)
7275 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die, DW_AT_type, sub_die);
7277 return mod_type_die;
7280 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
7281 an enumerated type. */
7287 return TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE;
7290 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
7296 register unsigned regno = REGNO (rtl);
7298 if (regno >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER)
7300 warning ("internal regno botch: regno = %d\n", regno);
7304 regno = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno);
7308 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register. */
7310 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7311 reg_loc_descriptor (rtl)
7314 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7315 register unsigned reg = reg_number (rtl);
7318 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0 + reg, 0, 0);
7320 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx, reg, 0);
7325 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
7327 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7328 int_loc_descriptor (i)
7331 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7333 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
7334 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
7338 op = DW_OP_lit0 + i;
7341 else if (i <= 0xffff)
7343 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7353 else if (i >= -0x8000)
7355 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT == 32
7356 || i >= -0x80000000)
7362 return new_loc_descr (op, i, 0);
7365 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
7367 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7368 based_loc_descr (reg, offset)
7372 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result;
7373 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
7374 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
7376 register unsigned fp_reg = DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
7377 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
7378 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM);
7381 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg, offset, 0);
7383 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0 + reg, offset, 0);
7385 loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx, reg, offset);
7390 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
7396 return (GET_CODE (rtl) == PLUS
7397 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == REG
7398 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT)));
7401 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
7402 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
7403 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
7404 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
7406 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
7407 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
7408 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
7409 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
7411 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
7412 autoincrement addressing modes. */
7414 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7415 mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode)
7417 enum machine_mode mode;
7419 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result = NULL;
7420 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
7421 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
7422 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
7423 zeroth element of the array. */
7425 #ifdef ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR
7426 rtl = ASM_SIMPLIFY_DWARF_ADDR (rtl);
7429 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7434 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
7435 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
7440 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7441 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7442 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7443 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7444 contains the given subreg. */
7445 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7450 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
7451 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
7452 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
7453 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
7454 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
7455 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
7456 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
7457 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
7458 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
7459 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
7460 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
7461 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
7462 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
7463 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl), 0);
7467 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7468 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref, 0, 0));
7472 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
7473 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
7477 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
7478 by a different symbol. */
7479 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == SYMBOL_REF
7480 && CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl))
7482 rtx tmp = get_pool_constant (rtl);
7483 if (GET_CODE (tmp) == SYMBOL_REF)
7487 mem_loc_result = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7488 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7489 mem_loc_result->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = save_rtx (rtl);
7493 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
7495 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 1);
7500 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
7502 rtl = gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode, XEXP (rtl, 0),
7503 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl) == PRE_INC
7504 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)
7505 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode)));
7511 if (is_based_loc (rtl))
7512 mem_loc_result = based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl, 0)),
7513 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)));
7516 mem_loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode);
7518 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 1)) == CONST_INT
7519 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)) >= 0)
7521 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7522 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7523 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl, 1)), 0));
7527 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7528 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7529 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7530 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7536 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
7537 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
7538 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7539 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), mode));
7540 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result,
7541 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 1), mode));
7542 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul, 0, 0));
7546 mem_loc_result = int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl));
7553 return mem_loc_result;
7556 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
7557 This is typically a complex variable. */
7559 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7560 concat_loc_descriptor (x0, x1)
7561 register rtx x0, x1;
7563 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result = NULL;
7565 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x0)
7566 && (GET_CODE (x0) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x0, 0))))
7567 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x0));
7568 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7569 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0)), 0));
7571 if (!is_pseudo_reg (x1)
7572 && (GET_CODE (x1) != MEM || !is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (x1, 0))))
7573 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result, loc_descriptor (x1));
7574 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result,
7575 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece, GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1)), 0));
7577 return cc_loc_result;
7580 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
7581 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
7582 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
7583 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
7584 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack. */
7586 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7587 loc_descriptor (rtl)
7590 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result = NULL;
7591 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
7594 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
7595 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
7596 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
7597 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
7598 contains the given subreg. */
7599 rtl = SUBREG_REG (rtl);
7604 loc_result = reg_loc_descriptor (rtl);
7608 loc_result = mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), GET_MODE (rtl));
7612 loc_result = concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl, 0), XEXP (rtl, 1));
7622 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl.
7623 This comes up particularly with variable length arrays. */
7625 static dw_loc_descr_ref
7626 loc_descriptor_from_tree (loc, addressp)
7630 dw_loc_descr_ref ret = NULL;
7631 int indirect_size = 0;
7632 int unsignedp = TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc));
7633 enum dwarf_location_atom op;
7635 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
7636 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
7639 switch (TREE_CODE (loc))
7644 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR:
7645 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
7646 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
7647 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
7648 the names of types. */
7654 rtx rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (loc);
7655 enum machine_mode mode = DECL_MODE (loc);
7657 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
7659 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl))
7661 ret = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr, 0, 0);
7662 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_addr;
7663 ret->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_addr = rtl;
7664 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7668 if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM)
7670 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode);
7671 rtl = XEXP (rtl, 0);
7673 ret = mem_loc_descriptor (rtl, mode);
7679 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7680 indirect_size = GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (loc)));
7685 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
7687 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), addressp);
7692 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF:
7695 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize, bitpos, bytepos;
7696 enum machine_mode mode;
7698 unsigned int alignment;
7700 obj = get_inner_reference (loc, &bitsize, &bitpos, &offset, &mode,
7701 &unsignedp, &volatilep, &alignment);
7702 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj, 1);
7704 if (offset != NULL_TREE)
7706 /* Variable offset. */
7707 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset, 0));
7708 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7713 /* We cannot address anything not on a unit boundary. */
7714 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7719 if (bitpos % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0
7720 || bitsize % BITS_PER_UNIT != 0)
7722 /* ??? We could handle this by loading and shifting etc.
7723 Wait until someone needs it before expending the effort. */
7727 indirect_size = bitsize / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7730 bytepos = bitpos / BITS_PER_UNIT;
7732 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst, bytepos, 0));
7733 else if (bytepos < 0)
7735 add_loc_descr (&ret, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos));
7736 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus, 0, 0));
7742 if (host_integerp (loc, 0))
7743 ret = int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc, 0));
7755 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR:
7761 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR:
7771 op = (unsignedp ? DW_OP_shr : DW_OP_shra);
7774 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
7775 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0))
7777 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7778 add_loc_descr (&ret,
7779 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst,
7780 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1),
7788 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7793 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7798 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7803 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0))))
7815 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7816 add_loc_descr (&ret, loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0));
7817 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7831 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7832 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, 0, 0));
7836 loc = build (COND_EXPR, TREE_TYPE (loc),
7837 build (LT_EXPR, integer_type_node,
7838 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1)),
7839 TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0));
7844 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node, jump_node, tmp;
7846 ret = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 0), 0);
7847 bra_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra, 0, 0);
7848 add_loc_descr (&ret, bra_node);
7850 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 2), 0);
7851 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7852 jump_node = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip, 0, 0);
7853 add_loc_descr (&ret, jump_node);
7855 tmp = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc, 1), 0);
7856 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7857 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7858 bra_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7860 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
7861 tmp = new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop, 0, 0);
7862 add_loc_descr (&ret, tmp);
7863 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.val_class = dw_val_class_loc;
7864 jump_node->dw_loc_oprnd1.v.val_loc = tmp;
7872 /* If we can't fill the request for an address, die. */
7873 if (addressp && indirect_size == 0)
7876 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
7877 if (!addressp && indirect_size > 0)
7879 if (indirect_size > DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7881 if (indirect_size == DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE)
7884 op = DW_OP_deref_size;
7885 add_loc_descr (&ret, new_loc_descr (op, indirect_size, 0));
7891 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
7892 which is not less than the value itself. */
7894 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
7895 ceiling (value, boundary)
7896 HOST_WIDE_INT value;
7897 unsigned int boundary;
7899 return (((value + boundary - 1) / boundary) * boundary);
7902 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
7903 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
7904 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
7913 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7914 return integer_type_node;
7916 type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
7917 if (type == NULL_TREE)
7918 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
7923 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
7924 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
7925 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
7927 static inline unsigned
7928 simple_type_align_in_bits (type)
7931 return (TREE_CODE (type) != ERROR_MARK) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type) : BITS_PER_WORD;
7934 static inline unsigned
7935 simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl)
7938 return (TREE_CODE (decl) != ERROR_MARK) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl) : BITS_PER_WORD;
7941 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7942 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7943 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7944 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7947 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7948 simple_type_size_in_bits (type)
7951 tree type_size_tree;
7953 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ERROR_MARK)
7954 return BITS_PER_WORD;
7955 type_size_tree = TYPE_SIZE (type);
7957 if (type_size_tree == NULL_TREE)
7959 if (! host_integerp (type_size_tree, 1))
7960 return TYPE_ALIGN (type);
7961 return tree_low_cst (type_size_tree, 1);
7964 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, compute and
7965 return the byte offset of the lowest addressed byte of the "containing
7966 object" for the given FIELD_DECL, or return 0 if we are unable to
7967 determine what that offset is, either because the argument turns out to
7968 be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or because the offset is actually
7969 variable. (We can't handle the latter case just yet). */
7971 static HOST_WIDE_INT
7972 field_byte_offset (decl)
7975 unsigned int type_align_in_bits;
7976 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits;
7977 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits;
7978 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits;
7979 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes;
7981 tree field_size_tree;
7982 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
7983 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos;
7984 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits;
7986 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
7989 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
7992 type = field_type (decl);
7993 field_size_tree = DECL_SIZE (decl);
7995 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
7996 a flexible array member. */
7997 if (! field_size_tree)
7998 field_size_tree = bitsize_zero_node;
8000 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8001 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8002 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8003 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0))
8006 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8008 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8009 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree, 1))
8010 field_size_in_bits = tree_low_cst (field_size_tree, 1);
8012 field_size_in_bits = BITS_PER_WORD;
8014 type_size_in_bits = simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8015 type_align_in_bits = simple_type_align_in_bits (type);
8016 decl_align_in_bits = simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl);
8018 /* Note that the GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of
8019 the starting bit offset (relative to the start of the containing
8020 structure type) of the hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-
8021 field. Thus, when computing the byte offset value for the start of the
8022 "containing object" of a bit-field, we must deduce this information on
8023 our own. This can be rather tricky to do in some cases. For example,
8024 handling the following structure type definition when compiling for an
8025 i386/i486 target (which only aligns long long's to 32-bit boundaries)
8028 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8030 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be
8031 used in such cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate
8032 8 bytes for the structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon
8033 one simple rule for bit-field allocation. Quite simply, GCC allocates
8034 each "containing object" for each bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest
8035 addressed) legitimate alignment boundary (based upon the required
8036 minimum alignment for the declared type of the field) which it can
8037 possibly use, subject to the condition that there is still enough
8038 available space remaining in the containing object (when allocated at
8039 the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the bits of the
8040 bit-field itself. This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates
8041 8 bytes for each object of the structure type shown above. When looking
8042 for a place to allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the
8043 compiler simply tries to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each
8044 successive 32-bit boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to
8045 allocate that 64- bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and
8046 previously unallocated) bits remain within that selected 64 bit field.
8047 (As it turns out, for the example above, the compiler finds that it is
8048 OK to allocate the "containing object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero
8049 within the structure type.) Here we attempt to work backwards from the
8050 limited set of facts we're given, and we try to deduce from those facts,
8051 where GCC must have believed that the containing object started (within
8052 the structure type). The value we deduce is then used (by the callers of
8053 this routine) to generate DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes
8054 for fields (both bit-fields and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular
8057 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
8058 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
8059 deepest_bitpos = bitpos_int + field_size_in_bits;
8061 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
8062 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
8063 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8065 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
8066 object_offset_in_bits += type_align_in_bits - 1;
8067 object_offset_in_bits /= type_align_in_bits;
8068 object_offset_in_bits *= type_align_in_bits;
8070 if (object_offset_in_bits > bitpos_int)
8072 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
8073 object_offset_in_bits = deepest_bitpos - type_size_in_bits;
8075 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
8076 object_offset_in_bits += decl_align_in_bits - 1;
8077 object_offset_in_bits /= decl_align_in_bits;
8078 object_offset_in_bits *= decl_align_in_bits;
8081 object_offset_in_bytes = object_offset_in_bits / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8083 return object_offset_in_bytes;
8086 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
8087 associated with them. */
8089 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
8091 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
8092 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
8093 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
8096 add_AT_location_description (die, attr_kind, rtl)
8098 enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind;
8101 /* Handle a special case. If we are about to output a location descriptor
8102 for a variable or parameter which has been optimized out of existence,
8103 don't do that. A variable which has been optimized out
8104 of existence will have a DECL_RTL value which denotes a pseudo-reg.
8105 Currently, in some rare cases, variables can have DECL_RTL values which
8106 look like (MEM (REG pseudo-reg#)). These cases are due to bugs
8107 elsewhere in the compiler. We treat such cases as if the variable(s) in
8108 question had been optimized out of existence. */
8110 if (is_pseudo_reg (rtl)
8111 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8112 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0)))
8113 /* This can happen for a PARM_DECL with a DECL_INCOMING_RTL which
8114 references the internal argument pointer (a pseudo) in a function
8115 where all references to the internal argument pointer were
8116 eliminated via the optimizers. */
8117 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8118 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == PLUS
8119 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (XEXP (rtl, 0), 0)))
8120 || (GET_CODE (rtl) == CONCAT
8121 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8122 && is_pseudo_reg (XEXP (rtl, 1))))
8125 add_AT_loc (die, attr_kind, loc_descriptor (rtl));
8128 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data
8129 members of struct and union types. In the special case of a
8130 FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, the "offset" part
8131 of this special location descriptor must indicate the distance
8132 in bytes from the lowest-addressed byte of the containing struct
8133 or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of the "containing
8134 object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset' function
8135 above).. For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a
8136 hypothetical object (of some integral or enum type) within which
8137 the given bit-field lives. The type of this hypothetical
8138 "containing object" is always the same as the declared type of
8139 the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the DWARF
8140 spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size
8141 (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will
8142 be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8143 (See the `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used
8144 when calculating the value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute.
8145 (See the `bit_offset_attribute' function below). */
8148 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, decl)
8149 register dw_die_ref die;
8152 register unsigned long offset;
8153 register dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr;
8154 register enum dwarf_location_atom op;
8156 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TREE_VEC)
8157 offset = tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl), 0);
8159 offset = field_byte_offset (decl);
8161 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure address
8162 is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field address
8163 by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
8165 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8166 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst operator
8167 correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the stack. */
8170 op = DW_OP_plus_uconst;
8173 loc_descr = new_loc_descr (op, offset, 0);
8174 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_data_member_location, loc_descr);
8177 /* Attach an DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
8178 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
8179 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
8180 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
8181 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
8184 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl)
8185 register dw_die_ref die;
8188 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8191 /* Note that a CONST_INT rtx could represent either an integer
8192 or a floating-point constant. A CONST_INT is used whenever
8193 the constant will fit into a single word. In all such
8194 cases, the original mode of the constant value is wiped
8195 out, and the CONST_INT rtx is assigned VOIDmode. */
8197 HOST_WIDE_INT val = INTVAL (rtl);
8199 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8202 if ((long) val != val)
8204 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (long) val);
8208 if ((unsigned long) val != (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT) val)
8210 add_AT_int (die, DW_AT_const_value, (unsigned long) val);
8216 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
8217 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
8218 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
8219 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
8221 register enum machine_mode mode = GET_MODE (rtl);
8223 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode) == MODE_FLOAT)
8225 register unsigned length = GET_MODE_SIZE (mode) / 4;
8226 long *array = (long *) xmalloc (sizeof (long) * length);
8229 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv, rtl);
8233 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_SINGLE (rv, array[0]);
8237 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8242 REAL_VALUE_TO_TARGET_LONG_DOUBLE (rv, array);
8249 add_AT_float (die, DW_AT_const_value, length, array);
8253 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
8254 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG != HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT)
8256 add_AT_long_long (die, DW_AT_const_value,
8257 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl));
8263 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_const_value, XSTR (rtl, 0));
8269 add_AT_addr (die, DW_AT_const_value, save_rtx (rtl));
8273 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
8274 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
8275 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
8276 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
8277 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
8278 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
8279 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
8280 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
8281 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
8282 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
8283 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
8287 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
8294 rtl_for_decl_location (decl)
8299 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
8300 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
8301 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
8303 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
8304 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
8305 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
8306 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
8307 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
8308 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
8309 referenced within the function.
8311 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
8312 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
8313 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
8314 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
8316 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
8317 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
8318 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
8319 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
8320 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
8321 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
8323 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
8324 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
8325 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
8326 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
8327 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
8328 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
8329 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
8330 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
8331 output at debug-time.
8333 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
8334 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
8335 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
8336 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8337 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
8338 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
8339 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
8340 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
8341 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
8342 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
8343 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
8344 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
8345 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
8347 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
8348 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between
8349 the end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that
8350 as best as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is
8351 modified sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack
8352 backtrace (at debug-time) will show the function as having been
8353 called with the *new* value rather than the value which was
8354 originally passed in. This happens rarely enough that it is not
8355 a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and I'd like to fix it.
8357 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional
8358 attributes for any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will
8359 describe the "passed type" and the "passed location" for the
8360 given formal parameter in addition to the attributes we now
8361 generate to indicate the "declared type" and the "active
8362 location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
8363 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note
8364 that sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be
8365 NULL also. This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of
8366 inline function formal parameters which are never referenced.
8367 This really shouldn't be happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should
8368 get valid non-NULL DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c
8369 doesn't currently generate these values for inlined instances of
8370 inline function parameters, so when we see such cases, we are
8371 just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
8374 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
8375 rtl = DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl);
8377 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == PARM_DECL)
8379 if (rtl == NULL_RTX || is_pseudo_reg (rtl))
8381 tree declared_type = type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl));
8382 tree passed_type = type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl));
8384 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
8385 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
8386 all* cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
8387 if (declared_type == passed_type)
8388 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8389 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8390 && TREE_CODE (declared_type) == INTEGER_TYPE
8391 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type))
8392 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type))))
8393 rtl = DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl);
8396 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
8397 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
8398 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
8399 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
8400 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
8401 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
8403 else if (GET_CODE (rtl) == MEM
8404 && XEXP (rtl, 0) != const0_rtx
8405 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl, 0))
8406 /* Not passed in memory. */
8407 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl)) != MEM
8408 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
8409 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl, 0)) != REG
8410 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8411 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
8412 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8413 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
8416 /* Big endian correction check. */
8418 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) != GET_MODE (rtl)
8419 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)))
8422 int offset = (UNITS_PER_WORD
8423 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl))));
8424 rtl = gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
8425 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl, 0), offset));
8429 if (rtl != NULL_RTX)
8431 rtl = eliminate_regs (rtl, 0, NULL_RTX);
8432 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
8433 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs)
8434 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl);
8441 /* Generate *either* an DW_AT_location attribute or else an DW_AT_const_value
8442 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
8443 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
8444 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
8445 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
8446 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
8447 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
8448 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
8449 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
8450 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
8453 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (die, decl)
8454 register dw_die_ref die;
8459 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
8462 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != VAR_DECL && TREE_CODE (decl) != PARM_DECL)
8465 rtl = rtl_for_decl_location (decl);
8466 if (rtl == NULL_RTX)
8469 switch (GET_CODE (rtl))
8472 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away; don't emit
8483 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
8484 add_const_value_attribute (die, rtl);
8491 add_AT_location_description (die, DW_AT_location, rtl);
8499 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
8500 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
8501 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
8504 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl)
8508 tree init = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
8509 tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
8511 if (TREE_READONLY (decl) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl) && init
8512 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init, type) == null_pointer_node)
8517 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
8520 if (host_integerp (init, 0))
8521 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8522 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8524 add_AT_long_long (var_die, DW_AT_const_value,
8525 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init),
8526 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init));
8533 /* Generate an DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
8534 the value of the attribute. */
8537 add_name_attribute (die, name_string)
8538 register dw_die_ref die;
8539 register const char *name_string;
8541 if (name_string != NULL && *name_string != 0)
8543 if (demangle_name_func)
8544 name_string = (*demangle_name_func) (name_string);
8546 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_name, name_string);
8550 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
8551 a representation for that bound. */
8554 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, bound)
8555 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8556 register enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr;
8557 register tree bound;
8559 /* If this is an Ada unconstrained array type, then don't emit any debug
8560 info because the array bounds are unknown. They are parameterized when
8561 the type is instantiated. */
8562 if (contains_placeholder_p (bound))
8565 switch (TREE_CODE (bound))
8570 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
8572 if (! host_integerp (bound, 0)
8573 || (bound_attr == DW_AT_lower_bound
8574 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound))
8575 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound)))))
8576 /* use the default */
8579 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die, bound_attr, tree_low_cst (bound, 0));
8584 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR:
8585 add_bound_info (subrange_die, bound_attr, TREE_OPERAND (bound, 0));
8589 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
8590 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
8591 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
8592 points in the generated code right after they have just been
8593 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
8594 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
8595 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
8596 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
8597 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
8598 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
8599 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
8600 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
8601 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
8602 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
8603 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in a array
8604 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
8605 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
8606 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
8608 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
8609 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
8610 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
8611 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)
8612 && (! optimize || GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound)) == MEM))
8614 register dw_die_ref ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8615 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8616 register rtx loc = SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound);
8618 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
8619 it references an outer function's frame. */
8621 if (GET_CODE (loc) == MEM)
8623 rtx new_addr = fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc, 0), bound);
8625 if (XEXP (loc, 0) != new_addr)
8626 loc = gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc), new_addr);
8629 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8630 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8631 add_AT_location_description (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8632 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8635 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
8641 dw_die_ref decl_die = lookup_decl_die (bound);
8643 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
8644 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
8645 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
8646 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
8648 if (decl_die != NULL)
8649 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8655 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
8656 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
8658 dw_die_ref ctx, decl_die;
8659 dw_loc_descr_ref loc;
8661 loc = loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound, 0);
8665 ctx = lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl);
8667 decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, ctx);
8668 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
8669 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (bound), 1, 0, ctx);
8670 add_AT_loc (decl_die, DW_AT_location, loc);
8672 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die, bound_attr, decl_die);
8678 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
8679 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
8682 add_subscript_info (type_die, type)
8683 register dw_die_ref type_die;
8686 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8687 register unsigned dimension_number;
8689 register tree lower, upper;
8690 register dw_die_ref subrange_die;
8692 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
8693 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
8694 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
8695 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
8696 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
8697 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
8698 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
8699 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
8701 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
8702 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
8703 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
8704 gen_array_type_die. */
8705 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8706 for (dimension_number = 0;
8707 TREE_CODE (type) == ARRAY_TYPE;
8708 type = TREE_TYPE (type), dimension_number++)
8711 register tree domain = TYPE_DOMAIN (type);
8713 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
8714 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
8716 subrange_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type, type_die);
8719 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
8720 lower = TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain);
8721 upper = TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain);
8723 /* define the index type. */
8724 if (TREE_TYPE (domain))
8726 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
8727 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
8728 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
8729 if (TREE_CODE (domain) == INTEGER_TYPE
8730 && TYPE_NAME (domain) == NULL_TREE
8731 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == INTEGER_TYPE
8732 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain)) == NULL_TREE)
8735 add_type_attribute (subrange_die, TREE_TYPE (domain), 0, 0,
8739 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
8740 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
8742 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
8743 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
8744 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
8746 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_lower_bound, lower);
8748 add_bound_info (subrange_die, DW_AT_upper_bound, upper);
8751 /* We have an array type with an unspecified length. The DWARF-2
8752 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
8756 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
8762 add_byte_size_attribute (die, tree_node)
8764 register tree tree_node;
8766 register unsigned size;
8768 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node))
8776 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
8777 size = int_size_in_bytes (tree_node);
8780 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
8781 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
8782 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
8783 even for bit-fields. */
8784 size = simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node)) / BITS_PER_UNIT;
8790 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
8791 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
8792 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
8793 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
8795 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_byte_size, size);
8798 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
8799 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
8800 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
8803 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical
8804 object (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field
8805 lives. The type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the
8806 same as the declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The
8807 determination of the exact location of the "containing object" for a
8808 bit-field is rather complicated. It's handled by the
8809 `field_byte_offset' function (above).
8811 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
8812 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
8813 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
8816 add_bit_offset_attribute (die, decl)
8817 register dw_die_ref die;
8820 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes = field_byte_offset (decl);
8821 tree type = DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl);
8822 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int;
8823 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset;
8824 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset;
8825 HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned bit_offset;
8827 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8829 || TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL)
8832 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
8833 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
8834 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
8835 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl), 0)
8836 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8839 bitpos_int = int_bit_position (decl);
8841 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
8842 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
8843 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
8844 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
8845 below must take account of these differences. */
8846 highest_order_object_bit_offset = object_offset_in_bytes * BITS_PER_UNIT;
8847 highest_order_field_bit_offset = bitpos_int;
8849 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN)
8851 highest_order_field_bit_offset += tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 0);
8852 highest_order_object_bit_offset += simple_type_size_in_bits (type);
8856 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
8857 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset - highest_order_field_bit_offset
8858 : highest_order_field_bit_offset - highest_order_object_bit_offset);
8860 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_offset, bit_offset);
8863 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
8864 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
8867 add_bit_size_attribute (die, decl)
8868 register dw_die_ref die;
8871 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
8872 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FIELD_DECL
8873 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
8876 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1))
8877 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_bit_size, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl), 1));
8880 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
8881 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
8884 add_prototyped_attribute (die, func_type)
8885 register dw_die_ref die;
8886 register tree func_type;
8888 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language) == DW_LANG_C89
8889 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type) != NULL)
8890 add_AT_flag (die, DW_AT_prototyped, 1);
8893 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
8894 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
8898 add_abstract_origin_attribute (die, origin)
8899 register dw_die_ref die;
8900 register tree origin;
8902 dw_die_ref origin_die = NULL;
8904 if (TREE_CODE (origin) != FUNCTION_DECL)
8906 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
8907 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
8908 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
8910 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
8911 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
8914 fn = TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn);
8915 fn = decl_function_context (fn);
8917 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn);
8920 if (DECL_P (origin))
8921 origin_die = lookup_decl_die (origin);
8922 else if (TYPE_P (origin))
8923 origin_die = lookup_type_die (origin);
8925 if (origin_die == NULL)
8928 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin, origin_die);
8931 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
8934 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (die, func_decl)
8935 register dw_die_ref die;
8936 register tree func_decl;
8938 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl))
8940 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
8942 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0))
8943 add_AT_loc (die, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location,
8944 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu,
8945 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl), 0),
8948 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
8949 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
8950 add_AT_die_ref (die, DW_AT_containing_type,
8951 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl)));
8955 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
8958 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
8959 register dw_die_ref die;
8962 register unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
8964 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
8965 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
8968 /* Add an DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
8969 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
8972 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (die, decl)
8973 register dw_die_ref die;
8976 register tree decl_name;
8978 decl_name = DECL_NAME (decl);
8979 if (decl_name != NULL && IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name) != NULL)
8981 add_name_attribute (die, dwarf2_name (decl, 0));
8982 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
8983 add_src_coords_attributes (die, decl);
8985 if ((TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL || TREE_CODE (decl) == VAR_DECL)
8986 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl)
8987 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl) != DECL_NAME (decl)
8988 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
8989 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name,
8990 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl)));
8994 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
8997 push_decl_scope (scope)
9000 /* Make room in the decl_scope_table, if necessary. */
9001 if (decl_scope_table_allocated == decl_scope_depth)
9003 decl_scope_table_allocated += DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
9005 = (tree *) xrealloc (decl_scope_table,
9006 decl_scope_table_allocated * sizeof (tree));
9009 decl_scope_table[decl_scope_depth] = scope;
9013 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
9017 if (decl_scope_depth <= 0)
9022 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
9023 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
9024 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
9025 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
9026 the current active scope. */
9029 scope_die_for (t, context_die)
9031 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9033 register dw_die_ref scope_die = NULL;
9034 register tree containing_scope;
9037 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
9041 containing_scope = TYPE_CONTEXT (t);
9043 /* Ignore namespaces for the moment. */
9044 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == NAMESPACE_DECL)
9045 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9047 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
9048 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
9049 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
9050 if (containing_scope && TREE_CODE (containing_scope) == FUNCTION_TYPE)
9051 containing_scope = NULL_TREE;
9053 if (containing_scope == NULL_TREE)
9054 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9055 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope))
9057 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
9058 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
9059 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
9061 for (i = decl_scope_depth - 1; i >= 0; --i)
9062 if (decl_scope_table[i] == containing_scope)
9067 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
9068 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope))
9071 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
9072 scope_die = comp_unit_die;
9075 scope_die = lookup_type_die (containing_scope);
9078 scope_die = context_die;
9083 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
9085 static inline int local_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9087 local_scope_p (context_die)
9088 dw_die_ref context_die;
9090 for (; context_die; context_die = context_die->die_parent)
9091 if (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
9092 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_subprogram)
9097 /* Returns nonzero iff CONTEXT_DIE is a class. */
9099 static inline int class_scope_p PARAMS ((dw_die_ref));
9101 class_scope_p (context_die)
9102 dw_die_ref context_die;
9105 && (context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_structure_type
9106 || context_die->die_tag == DW_TAG_union_type));
9109 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
9110 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
9111 by 'type', and adds an DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
9114 add_type_attribute (object_die, type, decl_const, decl_volatile, context_die)
9115 register dw_die_ref object_die;
9117 register int decl_const;
9118 register int decl_volatile;
9119 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9121 register enum tree_code code = TREE_CODE (type);
9122 register dw_die_ref type_die = NULL;
9124 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
9125 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
9126 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
9127 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
9128 if ((code == INTEGER_TYPE || code == REAL_TYPE)
9129 && TREE_TYPE (type) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type) == 0)
9130 type = TREE_TYPE (type), code = TREE_CODE (type);
9132 if (code == ERROR_MARK)
9135 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
9136 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
9137 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
9138 if (code == VOID_TYPE)
9141 type_die = modified_type_die (type,
9142 decl_const || TYPE_READONLY (type),
9143 decl_volatile || TYPE_VOLATILE (type),
9145 if (type_die != NULL)
9146 add_AT_die_ref (object_die, DW_AT_type, type_die);
9149 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
9150 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
9151 was declared without a tag. */
9157 register const char *name = 0;
9159 if (TYPE_NAME (type) != 0)
9161 register tree t = 0;
9163 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
9164 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE)
9165 t = TYPE_NAME (type);
9167 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
9168 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
9170 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
9171 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type)))
9172 t = DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type));
9174 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
9176 name = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t);
9179 return (name == 0 || *name == '\0') ? 0 : name;
9182 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
9183 for bit field types. */
9186 member_declared_type (member)
9187 register tree member;
9189 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9190 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member)
9191 : TREE_TYPE (member));
9194 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
9195 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
9199 decl_start_label (decl)
9204 x = DECL_RTL (decl);
9205 if (GET_CODE (x) != MEM)
9209 if (GET_CODE (x) != SYMBOL_REF)
9212 fnname = XSTR (x, 0);
9217 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
9218 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
9219 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
9222 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die)
9224 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9226 register dw_die_ref scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
9227 register dw_die_ref array_die;
9228 register tree element_type;
9230 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
9231 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
9232 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
9233 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9234 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
9237 array_die = new_die (DW_TAG_array_type, scope_die);
9240 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
9241 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
9242 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
9243 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
9244 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
9245 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
9246 for multidimensional arrays. */
9247 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_ordering, DW_ORD_row_major);
9250 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9251 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
9252 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
9253 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type))
9254 add_AT_unsigned (array_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9257 add_subscript_info (array_die, type);
9259 add_name_attribute (array_die, type_tag (type));
9260 equate_type_number_to_die (type, array_die);
9262 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
9263 element_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
9265 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9266 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9267 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9268 add_subscript_info. */
9269 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9270 while (TREE_CODE (element_type) == ARRAY_TYPE)
9271 element_type = TREE_TYPE (element_type);
9273 gen_type_die (element_type, context_die);
9276 add_type_attribute (array_die, element_type, 0, 0, context_die);
9280 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die)
9282 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9284 register dw_die_ref type_die
9285 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9287 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9288 add_type_attribute (type_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9293 gen_entry_point_die (decl, context_die)
9295 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9297 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9298 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point, context_die);
9300 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die, origin);
9303 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
9304 add_type_attribute (decl_die, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)),
9308 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9309 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, decl_die);
9311 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, decl_start_label (decl));
9315 /* Remember a type in the incomplete_types_list. */
9318 add_incomplete_type (type)
9321 if (incomplete_types == incomplete_types_allocated)
9323 incomplete_types_allocated += INCOMPLETE_TYPES_INCREMENT;
9324 incomplete_types_list
9325 = (tree *) xrealloc (incomplete_types_list,
9326 sizeof (tree) * incomplete_types_allocated);
9329 incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types++] = type;
9332 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
9333 emit full debugging info for them. */
9336 retry_incomplete_types ()
9340 while (incomplete_types)
9343 type = incomplete_types_list[incomplete_types];
9344 gen_type_die (type, comp_unit_die);
9348 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
9351 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9353 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9355 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9357 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9358 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9359 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9362 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
9365 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die)
9367 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9369 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type, context_die);
9371 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9372 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9373 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9376 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
9379 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die)
9381 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9383 register dw_die_ref type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_union_type, context_die);
9385 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
9386 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
9387 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, type);
9390 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
9391 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
9392 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
9396 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die)
9398 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9400 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
9402 if (type_die == NULL)
9404 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type,
9405 scope_die_for (type, context_die));
9406 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
9407 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
9409 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type))
9412 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9414 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
9415 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
9416 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
9417 if (TYPE_SIZE (type))
9421 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
9422 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
9423 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
9424 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
9426 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
9427 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
9428 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
9429 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type, context_die), type_die);
9431 for (link = TYPE_FIELDS (type);
9432 link != NULL; link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9434 register dw_die_ref enum_die = new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator, type_die);
9436 add_name_attribute (enum_die,
9437 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link)));
9439 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link), 0))
9441 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link)) < 0)
9442 add_AT_int (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9443 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9445 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die, DW_AT_const_value,
9446 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link), 0));
9451 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9454 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
9455 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
9458 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
9459 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
9460 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
9461 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
9462 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
9463 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
9464 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
9465 argument type of some subprogram type. */
9468 gen_formal_parameter_die (node, context_die)
9470 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9472 register dw_die_ref parm_die
9473 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter, context_die);
9474 register tree origin;
9476 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node)))
9479 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (node);
9481 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die, origin);
9484 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die, node);
9485 add_type_attribute (parm_die, TREE_TYPE (node),
9486 TREE_READONLY (node),
9487 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node),
9489 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node))
9490 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9493 equate_decl_number_to_die (node, parm_die);
9494 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node))
9495 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die, node);
9500 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
9501 add_type_attribute (parm_die, node, 0, 0, context_die);
9511 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
9512 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
9515 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl_or_type, context_die)
9516 register tree decl_or_type ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
9517 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9519 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters, context_die);
9522 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
9523 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
9524 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
9525 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
9528 gen_formal_types_die (function_or_method_type, context_die)
9529 register tree function_or_method_type;
9530 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9533 register tree formal_type = NULL;
9534 register tree first_parm_type;
9537 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9539 arg = DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type);
9540 function_or_method_type = TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type);
9545 first_parm_type = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9547 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
9548 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
9549 for (link = first_parm_type; link; )
9551 register dw_die_ref parm_die;
9553 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9554 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9557 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
9558 parm_die = gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type, context_die);
9559 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type) == METHOD_TYPE
9560 && link == first_parm_type)
9561 || (arg && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg)))
9562 add_AT_flag (parm_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9564 link = TREE_CHAIN (link);
9566 arg = TREE_CHAIN (arg);
9569 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
9570 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
9571 if (formal_type != void_type_node)
9572 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type, context_die);
9574 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
9575 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
9576 for (link = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type);
9578 link = TREE_CHAIN (link))
9580 formal_type = TREE_VALUE (link);
9581 if (formal_type == void_type_node)
9584 gen_type_die (formal_type, context_die);
9588 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
9589 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
9590 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
9591 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
9592 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
9595 gen_type_die_for_member (type, member, context_die)
9597 dw_die_ref context_die;
9599 gen_type_die (type, context_die);
9601 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
9602 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
9603 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))
9604 && ! lookup_decl_die (member))
9606 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member))
9609 push_decl_scope (type);
9610 if (TREE_CODE (member) == FUNCTION_DECL)
9611 gen_subprogram_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9613 gen_variable_die (member, lookup_type_die (type));
9618 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance
9619 of a function which we may later generate inlined and/or
9620 out-of-line instances of. */
9623 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl)
9626 register dw_die_ref old_die;
9629 int was_abstract = DECL_ABSTRACT (decl);
9631 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
9632 decl = DECL_ORIGIN (decl);
9634 old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9635 if (old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9636 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
9639 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
9640 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
9641 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9643 context = decl_class_context (decl);
9645 gen_type_die_for_member
9646 (context, decl, decl_function_context (decl) ? NULL : comp_unit_die);
9649 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
9650 save_fn = current_function_decl;
9651 current_function_decl = decl;
9653 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 1);
9654 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
9656 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl, 0);
9658 current_function_decl = save_fn;
9661 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
9665 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die)
9667 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9669 char label_id[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
9670 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9671 register dw_die_ref subr_die;
9672 register rtx fp_reg;
9673 register tree fn_arg_types;
9674 register tree outer_scope;
9675 register dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9676 register int declaration = (current_function_decl != decl
9677 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9679 /* Note that it is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and `declaration'
9680 be true, if we started to generate the abstract instance of an inline,
9681 decided to output its containing class, and proceeded to emit the
9682 declaration of the inline from the member list for the class. In that
9683 case, `declaration' takes priority; we'll get back to the abstract
9684 instance when we're done with the class. */
9686 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
9687 if (origin && declaration && class_scope_p (context_die))
9696 if (declaration && ! local_scope_p (context_die))
9699 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
9701 if (old_die && old_die->die_parent == NULL)
9702 add_child_die (context_die, old_die);
9704 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9705 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, origin);
9709 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9711 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration)
9712 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
9713 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
9714 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
9715 && !get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline))
9717 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
9718 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
9719 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
9720 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
9721 we got here because of a input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
9727 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
9728 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
9729 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
9730 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
9731 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
9732 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
9733 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
9734 if ((old_die->die_parent == comp_unit_die || context_die == NULL)
9735 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
9736 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) == file_index
9737 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9738 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl)))))
9742 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the parm types. */
9743 remove_AT (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration);
9744 remove_children (subr_die);
9748 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9749 add_AT_die_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9750 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9751 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9752 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9753 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9755 (subr_die, DW_AT_decl_line, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9760 subr_die = new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram, context_die);
9762 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9763 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9765 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die, decl);
9766 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9768 register tree type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
9770 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
9771 add_type_attribute (subr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
9774 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die, decl);
9775 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9776 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9777 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9778 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9779 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9780 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
9785 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9787 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
9789 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
9790 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
9791 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
9792 handled above. The two may come from the same source text. */
9793 if (DECL_CONTEXT (decl) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9794 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9797 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
9799 if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && !flag_no_inline)
9801 /* ??? Checking DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT is correct for static
9802 inline functions, but not for extern inline functions.
9803 We can't get this completely correct because information
9804 about whether the function was declared inline is not
9806 if (DECL_DEFER_OUTPUT (decl))
9807 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_inlined);
9809 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_inlined);
9812 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die, DW_AT_inline, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined);
9814 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9816 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl))
9818 if (!(old_die && get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_inline)))
9819 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, subr_die);
9821 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL,
9822 current_funcdef_number);
9823 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label_id);
9824 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id, FUNC_END_LABEL,
9825 current_funcdef_number);
9826 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label_id);
9828 add_pubname (decl, subr_die);
9829 add_arange (decl, subr_die);
9831 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9832 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
9833 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_fde, current_funcdef_fde);
9836 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
9837 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
9838 variables is relative to one of them. */
9840 = frame_pointer_needed ? hard_frame_pointer_rtx : stack_pointer_rtx;
9841 add_AT_loc (subr_die, DW_AT_frame_base, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg));
9844 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
9845 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
9846 if (current_function_needs_context)
9847 add_AT_location_description (subr_die, DW_AT_static_link,
9848 lookup_static_chain (decl));
9852 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
9853 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
9854 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
9855 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
9856 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
9857 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
9858 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
9859 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
9860 an ellipsis at the end. */
9862 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
9863 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
9864 its formal parameters. */
9865 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
9867 else if (declaration)
9868 gen_formal_types_die (decl, subr_die);
9871 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters */
9872 register tree arg_decls = DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl);
9875 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
9876 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
9877 for (parm = arg_decls; parm; parm = TREE_CHAIN (parm))
9878 if (TREE_CODE (parm) == PARM_DECL)
9880 if (DECL_NAME (parm)
9881 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm)),
9882 "__builtin_va_alist"))
9883 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm, subr_die);
9885 gen_decl_die (parm, subr_die);
9888 /* Decide whether we need a unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
9889 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
9890 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
9891 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
9892 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
9893 parameters at all. */
9894 fn_arg_types = TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl));
9895 if (fn_arg_types != NULL)
9897 /* this is the prototyped case, check for ... */
9898 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types)) != void_type_node)
9899 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
9901 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
9902 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl, subr_die);
9905 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
9906 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
9907 outer_scope = DECL_INITIAL (decl);
9909 /* Note that here, `outer_scope' is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK
9910 node created to represent a function. This outermost BLOCK actually
9911 represents the outermost binding contour for the function, i.e. the
9912 contour in which the function's formal parameters and labels get
9913 declared. Curiously, it appears that the front end doesn't actually
9914 put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto the BLOCK_VARS
9915 list for this outer scope. (They are strung off of the DECL_ARGUMENTS
9916 list for the function instead.) The BLOCK_VARS list for the
9917 `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of the LABEL_DECL nodes for
9918 the function however, and we output DWARF info for those in
9919 decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be a BLOCK
9920 node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces, and
9921 any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
9922 constructor function. */
9923 if (! declaration && TREE_CODE (outer_scope) != ERROR_MARK)
9925 current_function_has_inlines = 0;
9926 decls_for_scope (outer_scope, subr_die, 0);
9928 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
9929 if (current_function_has_inlines)
9931 add_AT_flag (subr_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
9932 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines)
9934 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines, 1);
9935 comp_unit_has_inlines = 1;
9942 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
9945 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die)
9947 register dw_die_ref context_die;
9949 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
9950 register dw_die_ref var_die = new_die (DW_TAG_variable, context_die);
9952 dw_die_ref old_die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
9953 int declaration = (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl)
9954 || class_scope_p (context_die));
9957 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die, origin);
9958 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
9959 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag. */
9960 /* ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
9961 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
9963 else if (old_die && TREE_STATIC (decl)
9964 && get_AT_flag (old_die, DW_AT_declaration) == 1)
9966 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
9967 add_AT_die_ref (var_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
9968 if (DECL_NAME (decl))
9970 unsigned file_index = lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl));
9972 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_file) != file_index)
9973 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
9975 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die, DW_AT_decl_line)
9976 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl))
9978 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_decl_line,
9979 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl));
9984 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die, decl);
9985 add_type_attribute (var_die, TREE_TYPE (decl),
9986 TREE_READONLY (decl),
9987 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
9989 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl))
9990 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_external, 1);
9992 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
9993 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
9995 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
9996 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
9998 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
9999 add_AT_unsigned (var_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10003 add_AT_flag (var_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10005 if (class_scope_p (context_die) || DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10006 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, var_die);
10008 if (! declaration && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10010 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10011 add_pubname (decl, var_die);
10014 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die, decl);
10017 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
10020 gen_label_die (decl, context_die)
10021 register tree decl;
10022 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10024 register tree origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10025 register dw_die_ref lbl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_label, context_die);
10027 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10029 if (origin != NULL)
10030 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die, origin);
10032 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die, decl);
10034 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10035 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, lbl_die);
10038 insn = DECL_RTL (decl);
10040 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
10041 eliminated because of various optimisations. We still emit them
10042 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
10043 if (GET_CODE (insn) == CODE_LABEL
10044 || ((GET_CODE (insn) == NOTE
10045 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL)))
10047 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
10048 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
10049 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
10050 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
10051 it if it ever does happen. */
10052 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn))
10055 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn));
10056 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10061 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
10064 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10065 register tree stmt;
10066 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10069 register dw_die_ref stmt_die = new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block, context_die);
10070 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10072 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10074 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10075 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10076 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10077 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10078 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10079 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10082 decls_for_scope (stmt, stmt_die, depth);
10085 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
10088 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10089 register tree stmt;
10090 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10093 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt))
10095 register dw_die_ref subr_die
10096 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine, context_die);
10097 register tree decl = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10098 char label[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES];
10100 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. */
10101 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10103 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die, decl);
10104 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL,
10105 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10106 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_low_pc, label);
10107 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label, BLOCK_END_LABEL,
10108 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt));
10109 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die, DW_AT_high_pc, label);
10110 decls_for_scope (stmt, subr_die, depth);
10111 current_function_has_inlines = 1;
10115 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
10118 gen_field_die (decl, context_die)
10119 register tree decl;
10120 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10122 register dw_die_ref decl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_member, context_die);
10124 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die, decl);
10125 add_type_attribute (decl_die, member_declared_type (decl),
10126 TREE_READONLY (decl), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl),
10129 /* If this is a bit field... */
10130 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl))
10132 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10133 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10134 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10137 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl)) != UNION_TYPE)
10138 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die, decl);
10140 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl))
10141 add_AT_flag (decl_die, DW_AT_artificial, 1);
10143 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl))
10144 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10146 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl))
10147 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_private);
10151 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10152 Use modified_type_die instead.
10153 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10154 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10156 gen_pointer_type_die (type, context_die)
10157 register tree type;
10158 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10160 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
10161 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10163 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10164 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10165 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10168 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
10169 Use modified_type_die instead.
10170 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
10171 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
10173 gen_reference_type_die (type, context_die)
10174 register tree type;
10175 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10177 register dw_die_ref ref_die
10178 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10180 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ref_die);
10181 add_type_attribute (ref_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10182 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die, DW_AT_byte_size, PTR_SIZE);
10186 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
10188 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die)
10189 register tree type;
10190 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10192 register dw_die_ref ptr_die
10193 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10195 equate_type_number_to_die (type, ptr_die);
10196 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10197 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type)));
10198 add_type_attribute (ptr_die, TREE_TYPE (type), 0, 0, context_die);
10201 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
10204 gen_compile_unit_die (filename)
10205 register const char *filename;
10207 register dw_die_ref die;
10208 char producer[250];
10209 const char *wd = getpwd ();
10212 die = new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit, NULL);
10213 add_name_attribute (die, filename);
10215 if (wd != NULL && filename[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR)
10216 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_comp_dir, wd);
10218 sprintf (producer, "%s %s", language_string, version_string);
10220 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10221 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
10222 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
10223 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
10224 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
10225 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
10226 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
10227 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10228 strcat (producer, " -g");
10231 add_AT_string (die, DW_AT_producer, producer);
10233 if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU C++") == 0)
10234 language = DW_LANG_C_plus_plus;
10235 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Ada") == 0)
10236 language = DW_LANG_Ada83;
10237 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU F77") == 0)
10238 language = DW_LANG_Fortran77;
10239 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
10240 language = DW_LANG_Pascal83;
10241 else if (strcmp (language_string, "GNU Java") == 0)
10242 language = DW_LANG_Java;
10243 else if (flag_traditional)
10244 language = DW_LANG_C;
10246 language = DW_LANG_C89;
10248 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_language, language);
10253 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
10256 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die)
10257 register tree type;
10258 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10260 register dw_die_ref type_die
10261 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10263 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10265 /* Fudge the string length attribute for now. */
10267 /* TODO: add string length info.
10268 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type)));
10269 bound_representation (upper_bound, 0, 'u'); */
10272 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
10275 gen_inheritance_die (binfo, context_die)
10276 register tree binfo;
10277 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10279 dw_die_ref die = new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance, context_die);
10281 add_type_attribute (die, BINFO_TYPE (binfo), 0, 0, context_die);
10282 add_data_member_location_attribute (die, binfo);
10284 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo))
10285 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_virtuality, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual);
10286 if (TREE_VIA_PUBLIC (binfo))
10287 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_public);
10288 else if (TREE_VIA_PROTECTED (binfo))
10289 add_AT_unsigned (die, DW_AT_accessibility, DW_ACCESS_protected);
10292 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
10295 gen_member_die (type, context_die)
10296 register tree type;
10297 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10299 register tree member;
10302 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
10303 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
10304 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
10305 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
10306 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
10307 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type execpt
10308 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
10309 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
10310 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other
10311 (containing) type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type
10312 to point to the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing)
10315 /* First output info about the base classes. */
10316 if (TYPE_BINFO (type) && TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type))
10318 register tree bases = TYPE_BINFO_BASETYPES (type);
10319 register int n_bases = TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases);
10322 for (i = 0; i < n_bases; i++)
10323 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases, i), context_die);
10326 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
10327 for (member = TYPE_FIELDS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10329 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
10330 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
10331 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
10332 do put them in the right order. */
10334 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10336 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10338 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10341 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
10342 for (member = TYPE_METHODS (type); member; member = TREE_CHAIN (member))
10344 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
10345 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member))
10348 child = lookup_decl_die (member);
10350 splice_child_die (context_die, child);
10352 gen_decl_die (member, context_die);
10356 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
10357 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
10358 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
10361 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die)
10362 register tree type;
10363 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10365 register dw_die_ref type_die = lookup_type_die (type);
10366 register dw_die_ref scope_die = 0;
10367 register int nested = 0;
10368 int complete = (TYPE_SIZE (type)
10369 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)
10370 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type))));
10372 if (type_die && ! complete)
10375 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type) != NULL_TREE
10376 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10379 scope_die = scope_die_for (type, context_die);
10381 if (! type_die || (nested && scope_die == comp_unit_die))
10382 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
10384 register dw_die_ref old_die = type_die;
10386 type_die = new_die (TREE_CODE (type) == RECORD_TYPE
10387 ? DW_TAG_structure_type : DW_TAG_union_type,
10389 equate_type_number_to_die (type, type_die);
10391 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_specification, old_die);
10393 add_name_attribute (type_die, type_tag (type));
10396 remove_AT (type_die, DW_AT_declaration);
10398 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
10399 then give a list of members. */
10402 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
10403 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
10404 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10405 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die, type);
10406 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type) != NULL_TREE)
10407 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type));
10409 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10410 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10411 if (type_die->die_parent == NULL)
10412 add_child_die (scope_die, type_die);
10414 push_decl_scope (type);
10415 gen_member_die (type, type_die);
10418 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
10419 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type))
10421 tree vtype = DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type));
10423 gen_type_die (vtype, context_die);
10424 add_AT_die_ref (type_die, DW_AT_containing_type,
10425 lookup_type_die (vtype));
10430 add_AT_flag (type_die, DW_AT_declaration, 1);
10432 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
10433 if (! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type)))
10434 add_incomplete_type (type);
10438 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
10441 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die)
10442 register tree type;
10443 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10445 register tree return_type = TREE_TYPE (type);
10446 register dw_die_ref subr_die
10447 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type, scope_die_for (type, context_die));
10449 equate_type_number_to_die (type, subr_die);
10450 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die, type);
10451 add_type_attribute (subr_die, return_type, 0, 0, context_die);
10452 gen_formal_types_die (type, subr_die);
10455 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition */
10458 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die)
10459 register tree decl;
10460 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10462 register dw_die_ref type_die;
10463 register tree origin;
10465 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl))
10467 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl) = 1;
10469 type_die = new_die (DW_TAG_typedef, context_die);
10470 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10471 if (origin != NULL)
10472 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die, origin);
10475 register tree type;
10476 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die, decl);
10477 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl))
10479 type = DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl);
10481 if (type == TREE_TYPE (decl))
10484 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), type_die);
10487 type = TREE_TYPE (decl);
10488 add_type_attribute (type_die, type, TREE_READONLY (decl),
10489 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl), context_die);
10492 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl))
10493 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl, type_die);
10496 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
10499 gen_type_die (type, context_die)
10500 register tree type;
10501 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10505 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10508 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10509 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so get the
10510 main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type now. */
10511 type = type_main_variant (type);
10513 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10516 if (TYPE_NAME (type) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type)) == TYPE_DECL
10517 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type)))
10519 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10520 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type), context_die);
10524 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10530 case REFERENCE_TYPE:
10531 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
10532 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
10533 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
10534 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
10536 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10538 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
10539 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
10540 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10544 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
10545 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
10546 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type), context_die);
10548 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
10549 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10551 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
10553 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type, context_die);
10557 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type), context_die);
10558 gen_set_type_die (type, context_die);
10562 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10563 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
10566 case FUNCTION_TYPE:
10567 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10568 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10569 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10573 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
10574 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10575 gen_subroutine_type_die (type, context_die);
10579 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type)) == CHAR_TYPE)
10581 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type), context_die);
10582 gen_string_type_die (type, context_die);
10585 gen_array_type_die (type, context_die);
10589 gen_type_die (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type), context_die);
10592 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10595 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10596 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been
10597 written out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too.
10598 This does not apply to instantiations of member class templates;
10599 they need to be added to the containing class as they are
10600 generated. FIXME: This hurts the idea of combining type decls
10601 from multiple TUs, since we can't predict what set of template
10602 instantiations we'll get. */
10603 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)
10604 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type))
10605 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type)))
10607 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type), context_die);
10609 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type))
10612 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
10613 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10614 context_die = lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type));
10620 if (TREE_CODE (type) == ENUMERAL_TYPE)
10621 gen_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10623 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10628 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
10629 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
10630 when appropriate. */
10639 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
10643 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
10650 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) = 1;
10653 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
10656 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (type, context_die)
10657 register tree type;
10658 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10660 if (type == NULL_TREE || type == error_mark_node)
10663 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
10664 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
10665 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
10667 if (type != type_main_variant (type))
10670 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
10671 an instance of an unresolved type. */
10673 switch (TREE_CODE (type))
10678 case ENUMERAL_TYPE:
10679 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type, context_die);
10683 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type, context_die);
10687 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE:
10688 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type, context_die);
10696 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
10697 things which are local to the given block. */
10700 gen_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth)
10701 register tree stmt;
10702 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10705 register int must_output_die = 0;
10706 register tree origin;
10707 register tree decl;
10708 register enum tree_code origin_code;
10710 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10712 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || !TREE_USED (stmt)
10713 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt)))
10716 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
10717 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
10718 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
10719 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
10720 the current block. */
10721 origin = block_ultimate_origin (stmt);
10722 origin_code = (origin != NULL) ? TREE_CODE (origin) : ERROR_MARK;
10724 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
10726 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10727 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
10728 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
10729 must_output_die = 1;
10732 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
10733 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
10734 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the
10735 whole inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function
10736 doesn't really represent a different scope according to ANSI C
10737 rules. So we check here to make sure that this block does not
10738 represent a "body block inlining" before trying to set the
10739 `must_output_die' flag. */
10740 if (! is_body_block (origin ? origin : stmt))
10742 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
10743 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
10744 if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10745 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
10746 as being a "significant" one. */
10747 must_output_die = (BLOCK_VARS (stmt) != NULL);
10749 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
10750 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
10751 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10752 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10753 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
10754 && DECL_INITIAL (decl))
10756 must_output_die = 1;
10762 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
10763 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
10764 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
10765 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
10766 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
10767 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
10768 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
10769 if (must_output_die)
10771 if (origin_code == FUNCTION_DECL)
10772 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10774 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt, context_die, depth);
10777 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth);
10780 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
10781 all of its sub-blocks. */
10784 decls_for_scope (stmt, context_die, depth)
10785 register tree stmt;
10786 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10789 register tree decl;
10790 register tree subblocks;
10792 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
10793 if (stmt == NULL_TREE || ! TREE_USED (stmt))
10796 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
10797 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
10798 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
10799 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
10800 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (stmt);
10801 decl != NULL; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
10803 register dw_die_ref die;
10805 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL)
10806 die = lookup_decl_die (decl);
10807 else if (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10808 die = lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl));
10812 if (die != NULL && die->die_parent == NULL)
10813 add_child_die (context_die, die);
10815 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
10818 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
10819 therein) of this block. */
10820 for (subblocks = BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt);
10822 subblocks = BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks))
10823 gen_block_die (subblocks, context_die, depth + 1);
10826 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
10829 is_redundant_typedef (decl)
10830 register tree decl;
10832 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl))
10835 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)
10836 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl)
10837 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))
10838 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))) == TYPE_DECL
10839 && DECL_NAME (decl) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl))))
10840 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
10846 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
10849 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die)
10850 register tree decl;
10851 register dw_die_ref context_die;
10853 register tree origin;
10855 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
10858 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
10859 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
10862 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
10865 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
10866 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
10869 case FUNCTION_DECL:
10870 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
10871 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
10872 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE && DECL_CONTEXT (decl) == NULL_TREE
10873 && (current_function_decl == NULL_TREE || DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl)))
10876 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
10877 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl) != decl)
10878 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl));
10879 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
10880 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
10881 else if (DECL_INLINE (decl) && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl)
10882 && ! class_scope_p (context_die)
10883 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
10884 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
10885 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
10886 && DECL_INITIAL (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10888 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl);
10889 set_decl_origin_self (decl);
10891 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
10892 else if (debug_info_level > DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10894 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
10895 have described its return type. */
10896 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl)), context_die);
10898 /* And its virtual context. */
10899 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10900 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl), context_die);
10902 /* And its containing type. */
10903 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
10904 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
10905 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
10908 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
10909 gen_subprogram_die (decl, context_die);
10913 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10914 actual typedefs. */
10915 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10918 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the
10919 declaration of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as
10920 having been instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node
10921 (e.g. one which was generated within the original definition of an
10922 inline function) we have to generate a special (abbreviated)
10923 DW_TAG_structure_type, DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type
10925 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl) != NULL_TREE)
10927 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10931 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl))
10932 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10934 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
10935 gen_typedef_die (decl, context_die);
10939 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
10940 gen_label_die (decl, context_die);
10944 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
10945 variable declarations or definitions. */
10946 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
10949 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
10951 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10953 /* And its containing type. */
10954 origin = decl_class_context (decl);
10955 if (origin != NULL_TREE)
10956 gen_type_die_for_member (origin, decl, context_die);
10958 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
10959 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
10960 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
10962 origin = decl_ultimate_origin (decl);
10963 if (origin != NULL_TREE && TREE_CODE (origin) == PARM_DECL)
10964 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
10966 gen_variable_die (decl, context_die);
10970 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits, but
10971 handle C++ anonymous unions. */
10972 if (DECL_NAME (decl) != NULL_TREE
10973 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == UNION_TYPE)
10975 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl), context_die);
10976 gen_field_die (decl, context_die);
10981 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), context_die);
10982 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl, context_die);
10985 case NAMESPACE_DECL:
10986 /* Ignore for now. */
10994 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
10997 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (filename, context_list)
10998 const char *filename;
10999 const char *context_list;
11001 unsigned int file_index;
11003 if (filename != NULL)
11005 dw_die_ref unit_die = new_die (DW_TAG_module, comp_unit_die);
11006 tree context_list_decl
11007 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL, get_identifier (context_list),
11010 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl) = TRUE;
11011 add_name_attribute (unit_die, context_list);
11012 file_index = lookup_filename (filename);
11013 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die, DW_AT_decl_file, file_index);
11014 add_pubname (context_list_decl, unit_die);
11018 /* Debug information for a global DECL. Called from toplev.c after
11019 compilation proper has finished. */
11021 dwarf2out_global_decl (decl)
11024 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
11025 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which
11026 had no corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type
11027 declarations and definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
11029 if (TREE_CODE (decl) != FUNCTION_DECL || !DECL_INITIAL (decl))
11030 dwarf2out_decl (decl);
11033 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
11036 dwarf2out_decl (decl)
11037 register tree decl;
11039 register dw_die_ref context_die = comp_unit_die;
11041 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == ERROR_MARK)
11044 /* If this ..._DECL node is marked to be ignored, then ignore it. */
11045 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (decl))
11048 switch (TREE_CODE (decl))
11050 case FUNCTION_DECL:
11051 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
11052 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
11053 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
11054 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl))
11057 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
11058 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
11059 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
11060 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
11061 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
11062 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
11063 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
11064 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
11065 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
11066 with the definition of the function. Note that we can't just check
11067 `DECL_EXTERNAL' to find out which FUNCTION_DECL nodes represent
11068 definitions and which ones represent mere declarations. We have to
11069 check `DECL_INITIAL' instead. That's because the C front-end
11070 supports some weird semantics for "extern inline" function
11071 definitions. These can get inlined within the current translation
11072 unit (an thus, we need to generate DWARF info for their abstract
11073 instances so that the DWARF info for the concrete inlined instances
11074 can have something to refer to) but the compiler never generates any
11075 out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact that they
11076 *are* definitions). The important point is that the C front-end
11077 marks these "extern inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need
11078 to generate DWARF for them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also
11079 plays some similar games for inline function definitions appearing
11080 within include files which also contain
11081 `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
11082 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl) == NULL_TREE)
11085 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
11086 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
11087 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
11088 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11089 context_die = NULL;
11094 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
11095 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
11096 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
11097 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
11098 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
11099 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
11100 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
11101 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
11102 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl) && !TREE_USED (decl))
11105 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
11106 variable declarations or definitions. */
11107 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11112 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
11113 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl))
11116 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
11117 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
11118 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl) == 0)
11120 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
11121 comparisons have. */
11122 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_language)
11123 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus)
11124 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE)
11125 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl), 0, 0, NULL);
11130 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
11131 if (debug_info_level <= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE)
11134 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
11135 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
11136 if (decl_function_context (decl))
11137 context_die = NULL;
11145 gen_decl_die (decl, context_die);
11148 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
11149 a lexical block. */
11152 dwarf2out_begin_block (line, blocknum)
11153 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11154 unsigned int blocknum;
11156 function_section (current_function_decl);
11157 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL, blocknum);
11160 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
11164 dwarf2out_end_block (line, blocknum)
11165 unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11166 unsigned int blocknum;
11168 function_section (current_function_decl);
11169 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file, BLOCK_END_LABEL, blocknum);
11172 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
11173 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
11175 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
11176 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
11177 we may end up calling them anyway. */
11180 dwarf2out_ignore_block (block)
11184 for (decl = BLOCK_VARS (block); decl; decl = TREE_CHAIN (decl))
11185 if (TREE_CODE (decl) == FUNCTION_DECL
11186 || (TREE_CODE (decl) == TYPE_DECL && TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl)))
11191 /* Lookup a filename (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
11192 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
11193 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename.
11194 We need such numbers for the sake of generating labels
11195 (in the .debug_sfnames section) and references to those
11196 files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo and.debug_macinfo sections).
11197 If the filename given as an argument is not found in our current list,
11198 add it to the list and assign it the next available unique index number.
11199 In order to speed up searches, we remember the index of the filename
11200 was looked up last. This handles the majority of all searches. */
11203 lookup_filename (file_name)
11204 const char *file_name;
11206 register unsigned i;
11208 /* ??? Why isn't DECL_SOURCE_FILE left null instead. */
11209 if (strcmp (file_name, "<internal>") == 0
11210 || strcmp (file_name, "<built-in>") == 0)
11213 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
11214 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
11215 if (file_table.last_lookup_index != 0)
11216 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[file_table.last_lookup_index]) == 0)
11217 return file_table.last_lookup_index;
11219 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
11220 for (i = 1; i < file_table.in_use; ++i)
11221 if (strcmp (file_name, file_table.table[i]) == 0)
11223 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11227 /* Prepare to add a new table entry by making sure there is enough space in
11228 the table to do so. If not, expand the current table. */
11229 if (i == file_table.allocated)
11231 file_table.allocated = i + FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11232 file_table.table = (char **)
11233 xrealloc (file_table.table, file_table.allocated * sizeof (char *));
11236 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
11237 file_table.table[i] = xstrdup (file_name);
11238 file_table.in_use = i + 1;
11239 file_table.last_lookup_index = i;
11241 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11242 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.file %u \"%s\"\n", i, file_name);
11250 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
11251 file_table.table = (char **) xcalloc (FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (char *));
11252 file_table.allocated = FILE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11254 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
11255 file_table.in_use = 1;
11256 file_table.last_lookup_index = 0;
11259 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
11260 and record information relating to this source line, in
11261 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
11264 dwarf2out_source_line (line, filename)
11266 register const char *filename;
11268 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11270 function_section (current_function_decl);
11272 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
11273 if (flag_debug_asm)
11274 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START,
11277 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11279 unsigned file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11281 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
11282 fprintf (asm_out_file, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num, line);
11284 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
11285 ++line_info_table_in_use;
11287 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
11288 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11289 ++separate_line_info_table_in_use;
11291 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl))
11293 register dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info;
11294 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11295 separate_line_info_table_in_use);
11297 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
11298 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
11299 == separate_line_info_table_allocated)
11301 separate_line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11302 separate_line_info_table
11303 = (dw_separate_line_info_ref)
11304 xrealloc (separate_line_info_table,
11305 separate_line_info_table_allocated
11306 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry));
11309 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11311 = &separate_line_info_table[separate_line_info_table_in_use++];
11312 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11313 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11314 line_info->function = current_funcdef_number;
11318 register dw_line_info_ref line_info;
11320 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, LINE_CODE_LABEL,
11321 line_info_table_in_use);
11323 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
11324 if (line_info_table_in_use == line_info_table_allocated)
11326 line_info_table_allocated += LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11328 = (dw_line_info_ref)
11329 xrealloc (line_info_table,
11330 (line_info_table_allocated
11331 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry)));
11334 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
11335 line_info = &line_info_table[line_info_table_in_use++];
11336 line_info->dw_file_num = lookup_filename (filename);
11337 line_info->dw_line_num = line;
11342 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
11345 dwarf2out_start_source_file (lineno, filename)
11346 register unsigned int lineno;
11347 register const char *filename;
11349 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11351 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
11352 dw_die_ref bincl_die = new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL, comp_unit_die);
11353 add_AT_string (bincl_die, DW_AT_name, filename);
11355 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11357 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION);
11358 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file, "Start new file");
11359 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "Included from line number %d", lineno);
11360 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename), "Filename we just started");
11364 /* Record the end of a source file. */
11367 dwarf2out_end_source_file (lineno)
11368 unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11370 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11372 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
11373 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL, comp_unit_die);
11375 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11377 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION);
11378 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11382 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11383 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11384 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11387 dwarf2out_define (lineno, buffer)
11388 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11389 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11391 static int initialized = 0;
11394 dwarf2out_start_source_file (0, primary_filename);
11397 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11399 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION);
11400 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define, "Define macro");
11401 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11402 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11406 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
11407 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
11408 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
11411 dwarf2out_undef (lineno, buffer)
11412 register unsigned lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11413 register const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11415 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11417 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION);
11418 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef, "Undefine macro");
11419 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno, "At line number %d", lineno);
11420 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer, -1, "The macro");
11424 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
11427 dwarf2out_init (main_input_filename)
11428 register const char *main_input_filename;
11430 init_file_table ();
11432 /* Remember the name of the primary input file. */
11433 primary_filename = main_input_filename;
11435 /* Add it to the file table first, under the assumption that we'll
11436 be emitting line number data for it first, which avoids having
11437 to add an initial DW_LNS_set_file. */
11438 lookup_filename (main_input_filename);
11440 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
11442 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11443 decl_die_table_allocated = DECL_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11444 decl_die_table_in_use = 0;
11446 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
11448 = (tree *) xcalloc (DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT, sizeof (tree));
11449 decl_scope_table_allocated = DECL_SCOPE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11450 decl_scope_depth = 0;
11452 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
11454 = (dw_die_ref *) xcalloc (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11455 sizeof (dw_die_ref));
11456 abbrev_die_table_allocated = ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11457 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11458 abbrev_die_table_in_use = 1;
11460 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
11462 = (dw_line_info_ref) xcalloc (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT,
11463 sizeof (dw_line_info_entry));
11464 line_info_table_allocated = LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT;
11465 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
11466 line_info_table_in_use = 1;
11468 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
11469 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
11470 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
11471 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
11472 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. */
11473 comp_unit_die = gen_compile_unit_die (main_input_filename);
11475 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
11476 ggc_add_rtx_varray_root (&used_rtx_varray, 1);
11478 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11479 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label,
11480 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11481 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11482 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11484 strcpy (text_section_label, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION));
11485 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label,
11486 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11487 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label,
11488 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11489 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11490 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION);
11491 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, loc_section_label);
11492 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION);
11493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, abbrev_section_label);
11494 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL)
11496 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
11497 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, text_section_label);
11499 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_INFO_SECTION);
11500 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_info_section_label);
11501 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
11502 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, debug_line_section_label);
11503 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11505 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION);
11506 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label,
11507 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL, 0);
11508 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file, macinfo_section_label);
11512 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
11513 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
11516 dwarf2out_finish (input_filename)
11517 register const char *input_filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
11519 limbo_die_node *node, *next_node;
11520 dw_die_ref die = 0;
11522 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
11523 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
11524 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
11525 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
11527 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = next_node)
11529 next_node = node->next;
11532 if (die->die_parent == NULL)
11534 dw_die_ref origin = get_AT_ref (die, DW_AT_abstract_origin);
11536 add_child_die (origin->die_parent, die);
11537 else if (die == comp_unit_die)
11544 limbo_die_list = NULL;
11546 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
11547 emit full debugging info for them. */
11548 retry_incomplete_types ();
11550 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
11551 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
11552 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die);
11554 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
11555 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
11556 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups)
11557 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die);
11559 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
11560 that have children. */
11561 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die);
11562 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11563 add_sibling_attributes (node->die);
11565 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
11566 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, TEXT_SECTION);
11567 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, TEXT_END_LABEL, 0);
11570 /* Output a terminator label for the .data section. */
11571 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DATA_SECTION);
11572 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, DATA_END_LABEL, 0);
11574 /* Output a terminator label for the .bss section. */
11575 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, BSS_SECTION);
11576 ASM_OUTPUT_INTERNAL_LABEL (asm_out_file, BSS_END_LABEL, 0);
11579 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
11580 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
11581 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
11582 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
11583 examining the file. */
11584 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO)
11586 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LINE_SECTION);
11587 output_line_info ();
11590 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
11592 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use == 0)
11594 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_low_pc, text_section_label);
11595 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_high_pc, text_end_label);
11598 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL)
11599 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_stmt_list,
11600 debug_line_section_label);
11602 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11603 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die, DW_AT_macro_info, macinfo_section_label);
11605 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
11606 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
11607 for (node = limbo_die_list; node; node = node->next)
11608 output_comp_unit (node->die);
11609 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die);
11611 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
11612 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION);
11613 output_abbrev_section ();
11615 if (pubname_table_in_use)
11617 /* Output public names table. */
11618 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION);
11619 output_pubnames ();
11622 /* We only put functions in the arange table, so don't write it out if
11623 we don't have any. */
11624 if (fde_table_in_use)
11626 /* Output the address range information. */
11627 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION);
11630 /* Output location list section if necessary */
11631 if (have_location_lists)
11633 /* Output the location lists info. */
11634 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_LOC_SECTION);
11635 output_location_lists (die);
11636 have_location_lists = 0;
11639 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
11640 if (debug_info_level >= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE)
11642 ASM_OUTPUT_SECTION (asm_out_file, DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION);
11643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file, "End file");
11647 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */